Insidious Meme

Comple Errore Yupgryeds – 05-11-2024

Comple Errore Yupgryeds - 05-11-2024

Comple Errore Yupgryeds - 05-11-2024

Episode Summary:

The provided text is a detailed transcript of a conversation discussing various scientific and speculative concepts about the universe, galaxy, and our solar system. The speaker describes a complex scenario where the Earth and the solar system have crossed a point termed as M nine, which is a point in the galaxy that purportedly marks a significant change in the type of radiation and energy the Earth receives from the galactic center. This transition is described with a mix of astrophysical concepts and speculative theories linking these changes to broader cosmic cycles and their impact on Earth and humanity.

The speaker also delves into the implications of these cosmic changes, suggesting they could lead to new periods of evolution and innovation. The concept of the yugas, which are cycles of time from Hindu cosmology, is used to provide a framework for understanding these changes. Additionally, the speaker discusses the potential societal and technological complexities arising from these changes, suggesting that as our systems become more complex, the interactions between them could lead to unforeseen consequences.

#CosmicRadiation #MNine #GalacticCenter #Evolution #Technology #Astrophysics #Yugas #SocietalChange #ComplexSystems #Interconnectedness #SpeculativeTheory #Universe #SolarSystem #Earth #Energy #Radiation #Innovation #Cycles #HinduCosmology #GoldenAge #SilverAge #BronzeAge #KaliYuga #AstroPhysics #Galaxy #RadiationEffects #SystemComplexity #NewEra #CosmicInfluence #GalacticCycles #HumanEvolution #TechnologicalAdvancement #GlobalChange #AstrophysicalConcepts #FuturePredictions

Key Takeaways:
  • Earth has crossed a significant galactic point known as M nine, marking a change in the type and intensity of cosmic radiation received.
  • This galactic transition is linked to broader cosmic cycles and potentially to phases of human and biological evolution.
  • Increased complexity in societal and technological systems may lead to unforeseen interactions and challenges.
  • The concepts discussed blend scientific ideas with speculative theories to explain current and future phenomena.
Predictions:
  • Emergence of new technologies and systems as a result of increased galactic radiation.
  • Shift towards more complex societal structures due to evolving cosmic conditions.
  • Potential for significant changes in human evolution and development due to cosmic influences.
Key Players:
  • Vlad (individual mentioned in the transcript)
  • Vernadsky (referenced scientist)
  • Elon (likely Elon Musk, referenced in context of societal change)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Comple Errore Yupgryeds - 05-11-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's May 11. It's around 1030 or so. I spent a frustrating 15 or 20 minutes trying to get Zoom to update out here so that I could connect with Vlad from Ireland, who's not in Ireland at the moment.

He's elsewhere on the continent, Europe. But it didn't make any difference. The updater keeps failing. So every time I tried to run Zoom, it would reach a critical point and crash. We're going to try something else and reschedule all kinds of stuff going on.

Obviously, it's the first morning after our first exposure here of the the solar flares, right? The waves of them having some tea out here and taking the sun at the moment, it's nice to get some and make some vitamin D. Anyway, so we passed the m nine point, right? It has nothing to do with May.

It's not like May 9. It just was coincidental that we actually probably passed it on the 8th. This is. And I say probably because here's our situation, we have no ability to see our own galaxy, right? We have to make a lot of inferences as to where or what, what our galaxy looks like, where we're at, within it, and this kind of thing.

We have to infer an approximate point of the absolute center of the galaxy. We have to infer an equatorial line out from that, and we have to estimate and guess at a lot of the angles of radiation that are coming out from this tall column of hundreds of millions of suns that is in the middle of our Milky Way galaxy. The concept is that we have this giant column of perhaps hundreds of millions. We just don't know. Because the light's so bright, we can't differentiate hundreds of millions of suns in a relatively concentrated area in the center of the galaxy that is sending out waves of radiation that are more than simple light.

There are complex magnetic currents and complex electrophotonic currents, photons and electricity all joined up together anyway, so the obscuring mass of our galaxy keeps our planet and our solar system in the dark, so to speak, for 2400 years. We're out of that 2400 years by some 326 years, and we're now receiving more energy from galactic center. This is what's caused our sun to go from yellow to white over the last part of the eighties into the current point in its existence. And this is what accounts for all kinds of strange things that have been going on, including strange radiation, new energies from space that have been hitting our planet since about the year 2000. It's a very complex situation, this complex situation has us now having crossed a particular point.

This point was called M nine. As I say, it doesn't relate to May 9. It was just coincidental. It was on the 9th or around there. This is nine.

This is a moment of arc. That's why it's m and it's nine. It's nine degrees up off of the presumed absolute center of our galaxy. And it's nine degrees of arc where Earth's solar system is at relative to that presumed point of the galaxy and relative to the presumed equatorial plane of the galaxy. And as I say, we don't have a camera sitting out somewhere off to the side of our galaxy that can get into a profile and take pictures.

We're doing all this mathematically. So here's the situation. There was this mathematician, I won't go into all the details, it's too tedious. But anyway, there was this russian guy. This russian guy, he was a contemporary of Vernadsky and I think.

Yeah, and also, well, anyway, so he was a mathematician, he was an astrophysicist, and he ran into these hindu fellows that knew about the yugas. He was in India at the time. He came up with some math that basically remained in India, although it was published in a russian journal we found from the sixties.

You have to understand. Okay, so anyway, the math was where in our sinusoidal arc, around the outside edge of the galaxy, where in arc moments, would we rise up high enough that from that point on, we wouldn't dip down and get lesser radiation? Bear in mind our spiraling cometary fashion, being drugged behind the sun movement through space, the angle of that relative to the equatorial plane of the galaxy provides us with our precessional angles. And because of that, our spiraling motion behind our sun caused us to go into the greater energies from the galaxy and then come out of them as we've been spiraling around behind our sun. But now Earth, along with the inner planets, have risen up high enough that we're through this m nine point.

It's actually the m nine plane, okay? It's a complex mathematical construction that basically means from this point forward, the sun, all of the inner planets, and earth and the moon are 100% going to be bathed in all the time, 24 by seven new energies from space that are coming to us by way of galactic center, okay? As our solar system progresses through time over the next couple of years, we'll eventually get to the point where all of the outer planets, as well as the shell of the solar system itself, the cell like wall, that surrounds our entire solar system. All of that will be beyond the m nine point. So the whole solar system is not yet there yet.

I'll have to go back and look at some of my notes, but I think the calculation was that it was like, 28 to 49 months after Earth passed this point. The rest of the solar system would do it. Now we have to again estimate, because we don't know how big the shell is in trailing fashion beyond in our solar system, because of the nature of NASA and the astrophysicists, who don't really have the same kind of view of things anyway, though. So we're now beyond the m nine point.

It's interesting that we get all these flares just as this part of the mass of the solar system is pulled beyond that point of the obscuring mass of the galaxy. So for here, for the next 10,000 years, we'll be in a rising and then gradually arcing down and then gradually running down arc that will bring us back to the m nine point of, I think, in about 10,500 years. I'd have to go and look at it, look at the math here. But anyway, so we're going to be in a rising arc for a while, and then we'll go into a descending arc. So when we get to the final top of our arc, that's the golden age.

That's when we're up high enough that we get the full blast or whatever we're allowed of the galactic center emanations between here and there, we will see all different kinds of changes happen to humanity, happen to the earth, happened, all these other species. These predictable periods are coincident with species blooms, new species popping up and stuff. In my opinion, it is this kali yuga pattern and the effect of the galactic center emanations that accounts for what we think of as evolution, right? As a steady state, state pressure of advancement. And there's never any discussion by the evolutionists as to why that should exist, okay?

Why there should be that selective pressure. But in any event, so we can put that behind us and go on with our. With our astrophysics. Okay, so Earth is now beyond the m nine. The moon is beyond the m nine point.

This nine degrees up off the galactic plane means that we're receiving a steady stream of these energies. But it's more than that because we've actually reached one of these other predictable thresholds. It's very complicated and very complex, but one of these other predictable thresholds of increased energy from galactic center. All right, so this is the concept on this. So galactic center is not like a ball.

It's more like a dumbbell, the old style dumbbells with a bulbous end on each end and a sort of tapering to the thinnest point in the middle shape. And this is the effect of the plasmoids. The plasmoid, you have plasma, and if you get two or three or four plasmas together, you can create a plasmoid field in which all of the plasmoids, all of the plasma interact with something greater than themselves. Okay? Plasmoids are very interesting because they can persist even if some of the plasmas that initially triggered them off are removed anyway, though.

So there's this dumbbell kind of shape. So as we rise up, even into the golden age, we will continue to get increasing levels of radiation that we're not feeling now, because we will be, and I'll put this in air quotes, we will be horizontally, even with these new areas of radiation, it doesn't really quite work that way. But that's the concept that we have a very tall, thin kind of giant collection of suns. And as we rise up on the edge of this obscuring mass of the galaxy and beyond it, up into this area, we get more and more of these rays of radiation, but they're, to a great degree, they're stratified. And so as we go through these various different layers, we will keep receiving more and more and more up until the top part of the arc.

Then we'll persist on the top part of the arc for a period of time, which we call the golden age. And then we'll start going back down through the edge of the golden age into silver, into bronze, which is where we're at now. Then we'll eventually cross the m nine point going downward, and then we will go back into the kali yuga. And that's where we're at now. The ravens over here bitching at me.

I'm not giving him any food. But it's like, hey, guy, there's a clam dig going on. Go out and get a bunch of cast off from all the humans. Anyway, okay, so this was why I did the discussion on the substack about will tongo rule the world, right? Because we're in an increasingly perilous time relative to our computer chips and solar activity and dependence on the computer chip structure.

Okay? So as we get into this period of time, we're actually in the strata of the increased energies from a galactic center. These emanations we will find, we will discover that they are coincident with increases in complexity in the form of like orders of magnitude jumps. Alright? So we used to live in a, in a simple world.

Our simple world had simple mechanical motions and stores of energy in the form of like, you know, a wound spring, a rope and a weight on a complex pulley system, gunpowder even, you know, which is basically a store of energy in order to produce gas that then propels the bullet out of the gun. And so this was a relatively simple world. You could sort of, to some great degree, expect to recreate your tools no matter where you ended up on the planet. Right?

Let me see if we're still recording. Yeah. So you could, you know, if you were a bow and arrow guy, no matter where you went, you could probably reinvent your bow and arrow. Okay? At some point we cross over to where we start using our tools to make better tools, and then it starts getting into our heads to not only systemize the tool making, but systemize the process by which we make tools.

And that was a level of complexity step up. Then we go 100 and 5200 years to where we're at now. And we have many other layers of complexity, but we're still in the process of basically systematizing our own system, so to speak, right? Creating new ones and so on. The m nine point is coincident with, in my opinion, an uptick, an up leveling, a shift over of our social order into a greater degree of complexity.

So it used to be we had simple systems and then we had, we lived in a simple world with complicated systems, and then we lived in a complicated world. Right? Now with complicated systems like, you know, you can think of the air traffic control, right? It's many, many different systems to get an airplane in the air, as we see, and many more required to sustain it in the air, as Boeing is every damn day. And so we see that now we're into a period, though, where we're going to shift over into complex, complicated world, okay?

Or a complicated, complex world. So complexity will be at its root. And we're starting to see some of those expressions. So we are actually in a period of time now where ideology can bring down airplanes, as we see with all of the dEI didn't earn it and Wokonian culture, appropriation kind of shit going on in corporations.

So in that sense, the nature of the consensus mind affects the complex system that it's interacting with, that it's supporting or creating or so on. And now we also have complicated, complex systems where all of the systems are all interconnected.

Now I think everybody understands or grasp to some degree the nature of the complications involved in networking and this kind of thing in our reality, including the networking going into payment systems, fiat currencies, banks, and all of this kind of thing. And we also grasp the fragility of that in the sense that, you know, a solar flare of sufficient size, sufficiently aimed, could bring down our banking system, which would cause ripple on effects throughout the whole of our system of systems. This is a baudrillard concept from the early 19 hundreds was the system of systems. Vernadsky refines all of those ideas with neurosphere and brings in a bunch more. And anyway, they're attempting to describe before getting here the situation we find ourselves in now.

As we cross over through this m nine point, we're going to shed off a lot of the crapola that has accumulated in these past few years, past few decades as a result of the communist infiltration and their long march through our institutions.

This is all of communism, all of socialism, all of these kind of ideologies are in the process of failing. They are failing for a wide variety of reasons inherent in their makeup and their nature, but they're also failing because of who was their creator and what's going on relative to the, the more abstract aspects of humanity. So it is true to a certain extent that worshiping space aliens, the Elohim, is going to cause communism and socialism to disappear. And Zionism, Zionism is just another form of Marxism or fascism with a central focus. That's all.

Anyway, so the rundown here is this, that we're entering a period of time where as we pull ourselves out of the mental morass, the mind virus, that, as Elon describes it, we're going to engineer or find ourselves engineering complexity, designing complexity, working with complexity, and to a certain extent, disappearing into complexity, because the nature of complexity is such that you know how things work down to some degree. But it goes black box from that point forward because you've never needed to or had to investigate that. And that stuff that's in the black box developed before you got it and used it. So this is basically the way that all software works now. You have the activation code, the point of the address within the software routine that actually tells it to execute.

But there are other approaches to getting in and having that routine execute through these various different APIs, these hooks, and thus any chunk of software, could be used by any other chunk of software and would remain, its internal workings would remain obscure and obtuse to the new user, the new software engineer, new software programmer that was just using these routines. Because they didn't write it, they've never had to investigate it. They just look at the specified input and the specified output, and that's really all they need bother with at this stage. But we're coming up into a period of time where we're going to get ourselves into trouble with this approach. Okay?

And so I actually think we'll compensate for this by using AI as like a black box scope, like a black box x ray, and to be able to x ray into code in complex systems where we have not gone down that far from our particular job as system engineer or system designer. And I think that's the logical way we'll have to evolve with this. But the idea is that we're going to have all of our errors and our mistakes taken up leveling with us into this complex world, and this will be very dangerous. We'll get through it. We'll undoubtedly have to make a few of these mistakes.

And the idea getting across here is that our level of complexity, of error and errors within complexity, will be such that we might find weird kind of connections where the unanticipated interconnection of complex systems produces pathways to error that are not within any system itself.

And systems engineers will understand what I'm speaking of. Probably not a lot of other people will. But the idea is that we'll get through this period of time of all of the planes crashing and that kind of stuff. Maybe we'll go through and get into anti gravity vehicles and we'll have, you know, floating tourist rv buses, that kind of thing. Right?

We'll evolve some level of complexity along that. But at some point, our level of interdependency of complex systems upon each other will promote a number of internal errors that are potentially unhandled to the level of system affecting aberrant behavior that can then propagate itself through other systems and induce really bizarre behavior. So it's conceivable that, you know, you could have strange sets of circumstances where an unhandled exception in an Uber program payment schedule ends up shutting down some other major system that would not seem to be connected to it at all, that kind of thing. So, you know, just because they didn't handle the ability to convert to some kind of currency on a payment system over here in this grocery store, it turns out that a whole port system shuts down, that kind of thing. And we'll have to have experts that'll come on in with AI to diagnose this shit and figure out where it all tracks back down to.

We'll get better at it, and then we'll eventually engineer safeguards into it as we go forward. Mostly, probably initially, by wrapping layers of other referential integrity check software around it all. But any event, we're there now. M nine marks this point in the transition of humanity to our future. We're dropping away off of all of the, you know, the vax bio weapon death and all of that kind of shit.

We're getting through it. We're at the tail end that's going to drag us down for a while and. And will be emerging out on the other side in this process. As I say, we will discover that we've made the. Made a transition into complex system world, not merely complicated system world.

And complicated system world was bad enough. Anyway, guys, I've got to get moving and get some stuff done here, so I'll talk to you later. Got to go and do some of my own debugging. I always used to really like that it was a good occupation. Good aspect of the occupation of doing software was debugging very large programs.

It was just fun, like a giant puzzle. Where is this weird behavior coming from? That kind of thing? So there will be a lot of opportunity for people in these new system interpenetration complexities. Anyway, I got to get moving.

People are here. Okay.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Sync You – 09-27-2023

Sync You - 09-27-2023

Sync You - 09-27-2023

Episode Summary:

The speaker reflects on energy emanations from the galactic center, suggesting these energies are influencing human consciousness and psychic abilities. They propose that as the solar system moves above the galactic equatorial plane, exposure to these energies increases, affecting life on Earth. Humans, described as antennae with brains connecting to greater consciousness, are believed to be subtly influenced by these energies. The speaker predicts that these energies will continue to grow for approximately 8000 years, gradually increasing the average intelligence and psychic sensitivity on Earth. They speculate that these energies might not only enhance intellectual capacities but also psychic senses and intuitive abilities, with different individuals experiencing varying levels of sensitivity and awareness. The speaker divides humanity into fifths, each responding differently to these energies, ranging from those who won't notice to those who will significantly enhance their psychic abilities and awareness. They suggest that these energies might lead to a synchronization of thoughts and heightened interest in history, particularly the Roman Empire, as experienced by many individuals. The speaker also notes that some people might misattribute the cause of their enhanced psychic abilities to other factors, like dietary changes, without recognizing the influence of these galactic energies.

#GalacticEnergies #Consciousness #PsychicAbilities #Intelligence #SolarSystem #GalacticCenter #Emanations #Intuition #Sensitivity #Awareness #History #RomanEmpire #EnergyExposure #HumanMind #PsychicSensitivity #ThoughtSynchronization #EnhancedIntelligence #EnergyInfluence #HumanResponse #PsychicEnhancement #IntuitiveAbilities #EnergyEffect #HistoricalInterest #MentalActivity #PsychicAwareness #GalacticPlane #EnergeticInfluence #PsychicExperience #IntuitiveKnowledge #EnergyIncrease #PsychicGrowth #GalacticImpact #PsychicChange #EnergyAwareness #PsychicShift

Key Takeaways:
  • Galactic energies are influencing human consciousness and psychic abilities.
  • Exposure to these energies is increasing as the solar system moves.
  • Individuals experience varying levels of sensitivity and awareness.
  • Some people may misattribute the cause of enhanced psychic abilities.
  • There's a synchronization of thoughts and interest in history among people.
Predictions:
  • Energies from the galactic center will continue to grow for approximately 8000 years.
  • The average intelligence and psychic sensitivity on Earth will gradually increase.
  • There will be a synchronization of thoughts among individuals, with a heightened focus on history.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Sync You - 09-27-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. Still September 27, it's about 1030. Getting out of the chores here early. I had to really restrict what I did today because I've got to get back for a meeting and rest of this week is busy.

I've spent a lot of time driving this week. Had to take my wife into medical appointments way inland beyond our little local burbs and heading into Olympia, Seattle, inland, Puget Sound kind of thing. Long drives. We've got a major atmospheric river here. We've had, I think, 3.44 inches of rain in the last day.

And I just noticed that they've opened up the rain derby here in Aberdeen. Hoquam. This is where you go and make a bet, basically and guess a number as to how much rain we're going to have for the year. We've already had 29 inches so far this year. Usually we top out at least ten inches more than that.

So it's anybody's guess really, but interesting thing to do and it's a sort of segue into the subject I wanted to talk about which is related to the previous discussion on the way inland. And this is our outbound discussion heading back out to the coast, but about energy. And so the premise is that we're rising up above the galactic equatorial plane, which obscures the mass in there, obscures most of the galactic center emanations from reaching our little podunk third minor spiral arm where our solar system is. And that as we rise up, we get exposed to more of the energies. And this rising up has to do with our solar system doing this little sinusoid soidal up and down wave around the equatorial plane.

Anyway, so we get more emanations. Now, the point is that we're getting these more energies and they are going to have an effect on us and they're going to have an effect on existent life. Okay? So we're all antennae. We've got these very complex pzocrystalline antennae.

We call them our brains. All right? So you don't really have thoughts in your brain. Your brain is really the connector to the greater you and all of the greater consciousness anyway, though. So the premise is that these energies are coming in from galactic center and will continue to grow as we rise up for the next let me calculate quickly for about the next, say 8000 years more or less.

They'll continue to increase as we go on our little journey here. They affect the very next generation. It'll be smarter than this generation, et cetera, et cetera, as an average, right? The mean level of intelligence on the planet is going to go up over time. And I'm of the opinion it goes down over time as we progress into the descending phase of all of this crap as we suffer the yugas.

Anyway, the premise is that existent life is being affected. So we're all basically like a little tiny bit smarter there's, a little bit more energizing of our antenna in our head. And so we get a little bit more connections and we get a little smarter. Now, the premise also is that a lot of these smarts are not necessarily what we would think of as intellectual or academic smarts. That in fact what's going on at the moment is an upgrade or an upwelling or an up leveling of our psychic senses, okay?

There's two different kinds of intelligence or thinking that the Romans and the Greeks recognized, okay, intellectualism and then intuitivism, right? And so you would have intuitive knowledge and you would just accept that knowledge and you just wouldn't fuck around with wondering where it came from. You would just act on it. And usually like 99% of the time it would be accurate enough for you to have some profitable level of interaction with that knowledge. And so it might mean that you don't have an accident, you don't step in that puddle or whatever the hell, right?

And so it can be big or little, but you will benefit from just grasping the knowledge that is presented to you intuitively and assuming it's correct and acting on it. So now the premise now is that our Galactic center emanations are up leveling this facility or this ability within humans. And so you as a human sitting out there listening to me now, are existent life, and your antennae is buzzing a little bit more energetically than it has in the past. Now, the further premise is that lots of humans just are not going to notice this. A lot of other humans will sort of notice that there's something different in their lives, that they feel a little different, but they're never going to be analytical enough to drill down and try and figure out what it is, right?

It'll be just such a subtle sense to them that they won't really be self aware of it at a level to where it rises up to their intellectualism. So they won't really think about it. They'll just sort of be aware that they're feeling a little different, right? And sooner or later it'll fade the idea that this is a difference. And they'll just assume that's the way they've always felt.

So maybe we could divide the humanity into fifths. And so you'd say 20% just won't even notice. Another 20% will notice and will feel it and will be aware that they feel it, but they won't really think about feeling it, right? It'll just be a passing kind of a thing for them as these little psychic impressions ping on their consciousness. Now, maybe they'll react to the psychic impressions, maybe they'll do stuff, maybe they'll have an effect that way, but they still really won't analyze why all this stuff's occurring.

And so now then there's going to be another 20% that will be at that same level. They'll react to it, they'll feel it, they'll know it's there. But these guys, this other 20% in the middle there. They'll actually cogitate on it. They'll think I'm feeling odd.

Now, maybe some of them will go to the doctor because they think they're feeling OD because they're ill, right? Something like that. So we may find that these extra energies from space cause people to have feelings that are translated by medical professionals into a disease state. I don't think there's going to be a lot of that, but I'm certain there will be some level of it somewhere anyway. So there'll be a further 20% that will be aware of it, will feel it, will react to it, will analyze it, and know that something's going on.

And then they'll sort of try and harmonize with it, right? So they'll be aware of it. They're not really sure what's happening. They know it's happening, but they don't have a real good causal explanation for it. It'll be uncomfortable for them in their bodies and stuff, but they'll get used to it over time.

And they will, because they recognize that it's happening, even if they don't know why, they will start taking advantage of this. And then so they will become more psychic, right? They'll be more aware of their psychic intuition and the information that their intuitiveness is bringing to them through all of this. And they'll act on it quite deliberately. They'll be open to it, appearing and so on.

Then there'll be this last 20% that is just going to go batshit with this, right? These are the real psychics. They'll know it's happening. Some of them may even know why it's happening. They'll feel it at a very acute level when they up level in their psychicness because they're already psychic beings and aware of their psychicness.

When they up level in this, it's going to just kick their ass, right? They'll start thinking themselves as like super psychic, super psychic guy, right? And so they'll play with it. These guys will explore it. They'll write books about it.

They'll know it's happening to everybody else. Some of them may have enough intellectual analytical ability to recognize that four fifths of humanity is going to be struggling with this. Well, really, three fifths that won the last two quarters or last two fifths are going to be more accommodating to it, right? So these guys, though, the ones that really get the big boost out of it are going to be our psychic superstars, all right? They'll just be popping up all over as a result of what's going on, and these guys will actually recognize why it is happening.

And so that will be a big difference. Maybe some of them will try and explain it. A lot of them will probably think it doesn't matter because most of the rest of humanity wouldn't do what they were doing and they were just going to go ahead and do it anyway, so they might as well just tell the rest of humanity about the stuff that they're psychically intuiting. And so we're going to get a big energetic kick individually out of this. So this actually may happen to a palpable degree at certain points in our journey here in our solar system's journey.

And so the premise is that our solar system as a whole is lifting up over the edge of the galactic equatorial plane, which is very dense from our viewpoint. And so not much gets through to us. And perhaps our solar system will react as a whole. Okay? So there's debates about how it will interact.

In other words, the debate is will all of these energies come through our sun into our solar system by way of the sun as a conduit? Or will they be kind of like light, so to speak, radiating out all over? And so Earth will get some of them directly from galactic center when it is appropriate, that is to say, when Earth is above a certain level of the galactic center mass. We don't know. Right?

There's a lot to suggest that all solar systems are kind of like a cell, that they have a membrane all the way around them, and that the cell nucleus in this case would be our sun, and that everything's going to be coming through our sun into the solar system. As I say, there's a debate about this. We won't go into that. But nonetheless, it will happen that the energies will come into Earth and that I'm of the opinion, because of the pulsing nature of reality of our universe here within the materium, is all created by a pulse. 22 trillion times a second it pulses, and 22 trillion times a second it pauses.

There is no time in the pause, though this is a difficult concept to get across, but the pauses are still there even though they have no time duration. In any event, though, there will be people that will be aware of this. They will feel these pulses coming in. And I'm of the opinion that like other waves, that this energy won't be steady or ubiquitous, that it will come in in pulses, and that it will come in in aggregated pulses that we would call waves. And so as humanity, we're down here with our crystal and antennas all lit up by the little bit of stuff's coming in, and then we get a big pulse.

And so your brain gets a pulse and it energizes areas that hadn't been touched in the past. And all of a sudden you wake up one morning and it's like, holy fuck, you get up real quick and run to the door because you know your cousin's going to be knocking on that door in two minutes because of something, because your cousin's all agitated, that kind of thing, right? So you'll become psychic to the point that it intrudes on your daily actions because your mind will start reacting to the intuitive knowledge before your intellectual part of your mind can come on in and analyze why you're reacting, if that makes sense. Crud aid cars. Fuck.

Somebody collapsed on the beach and they got them as far as this point right here, and they're in dire straits. They got two aid cars and people working on them. We see this all the time now, guys, these fucking aid cars in the middle of the night, roaring on out, trying to pick somebody up, some tourist that went out and got too energetic on the beach. And the blood clot gets to a point and there they go. Anyway, so getting back to this idea about the psychicness, so I'm of that opinion that these waves will cause those days now, maybe it'll just settle down.

So it'll be like a cresting wave and it washes over you, and you got one or two days where you're just psychic as fuck and you can't figure out what's happening, right, because you're not intellectually aware of this, right? So as I say, that lower fifth, the bottom fifth, they won't care. They'll just know that people around them are acting odd, but they're so wrapped up in their own misery, in inability to integrate with our reality, that it does not intrude on them. The second 5th up will know something's going on and they're going to get weirded out, right? They're going to get real paranoid by the actions of everybody else, and then they'll calm down after a while with these pulses because they'll see that nothing really bad happens to it, right?

To them. Then that middle third, which we can just say is like the center mass of the normies, they're going to be seriously fucking weirded out. Not third, but the fifth, because of the two fifths above them, relative to psychic sensibility, sensitivity are going to just be lit up like Roman candles just popping off all the time, all of this sort of shit. Now, here's the thing, guys. This is happening already.

Only lots and lots and lots of people are putting the symptoms of this effect to other things. So I'll ask a question. Have you thought of the Roman Empire today? Have you thought of the Roman Empire in the last week? Have you thought of the Roman Empire in the last month?

And actually it goes back several months, almost five, and if so, it's because of these waves, guys. These kind of things, these psychic linkups where everybody starts thinking about the same kind of thing that way, are predictably part of the impetus through humanity that will be created by this energy striking all of our brains. We'll get a certain level of entrainment. That's why all these men are thinking about the Roman Empire. And it's not just men, okay?

It is primarily men, and men were the first ones to do it, but it's not limited to that. So these kind of things occur as a result of these energies coming in, and we have a tendency to get a little bit synced up. Now, if we were to say this at an extreme level, just to project it, I don't know that that's valid at all. Maybe 8000 years from now there will be basically one mind in humanity. Basically we'll all share the same mind, linked up at an incredibly deep level by all of these galactic center emanations, right?

I don't know that's going to occur, and I'll never live long enough to determine that. But it's quite possible and may even be probable given how these energies are affecting people already.

So this is the first time this year since I've run my data set, starting in my process, starting in 1997, this is the first time we've had synchronization of thoughts this way. It's around the Roman Empire. That was an easily determined point. And all these men are just leaking information about this like mad. And now it's starting to widen out into history in general, okay?

So you can expect this. I've been thinking about the Roman Empire energetic wave to widen out, where people start thinking about and delving into history. And this is not going to be good for the Khazarians, okay? Because they're trying to obscure history in order that they may stay in control. So it's just curious that this form is emerging from humanity as a result of these energies.

It was not anything I would have predicted. I would not have predicted a synchronization of mental activity at a psychic level. I would not have predicted that that would have taken a bent towards history, towards the past. But it is happening. We're seeing this now.

So these processes are emerging within our reality. And it is my premise, that is to say, my analytical reasoning about this, pegs these things to this increase in energy from galactic center and its ability to synchronize to some degree. Our intuitive Intuitus was the type in Roman Empire. The Romans would have called it that. They would have understood it if you'd said aomache intuite, right?

So that I am being moved by my intuition and so they would have understood it. And so here we have, we've been obscured, we don't know our own history, and now universe apparently has decided, maybe you guys ought to check this shit out. And so very, very curious how these energies are displaying themselves within our social order as we go forward and the fact that some of us are aware of them. So I've actually run across people that are discussing in terms of the leaking, but also active analytical discussions online of themselves feeling more psychic. And this actually is kind of unusual, right?

Very much so, really. But these people are saying, jeez, look what happened to me. I'm thinking of a particular Romanian conversation I ran across where a woman who is a psychic person, she apparently makes her living doing it. I don't know how, I don't know what technique or anything. I'm just reporting off of a captured bit of a conversation.

And I don't even get the whole conversation, I just got these appropriate words. But anyway, and so she's saying that fundamentally her psychic ability is just off the charts and she doesn't know what did it. She's actually speculating in this conversation in the snippet that I got out of it. She's speculating that it's a change in her diet that has caused this. And she apparently was trying to lose weight, changed her diet.

And she thinks that that is the proximate cause for the increase in her psychic ability. So we're going to have a lot of that, okay? So we're going to have a lot of misapplication of cause. And so we'll see that people will react to the energy, they'll feel it, they'll have done something or will do something to their routine, to their body, to their exercise that they will put down as approximate cause for the things that they're feeling. And it won't be that, but that thought will be enough to satisfy them and they won't go looking for other causes for a while.

It won't last because it'll keep going. These energies are going to keep going. People are going to keep getting the effects from it and so on. So they'll have to eventually get to the idea that, no, I don't think eating whole milk versus reduced fat is actually the cause for my becoming more psychic.

But they may well have thought that for a period of time because they just won't know. They won't have this bigger, grander vision of what's happening to all of our solar system relative to where we are within our progress up and down along the edge of the galactic plane. Now I'm certain that we will get other effects of synchronization now that synchronization is manifesting, now that we have all of these people, initially it was just men, right? And they were just thinking about the Roman Empire. They didn't even tell their buddies.

Then pretty soon they start talking about it. And then one guy mentions Demetrius, or what was that guy's name? Grabba something. These other Roman Empire people, then we'll start thinking, they start talking about personalities and so on, right? But the thing is that these men are saying blah, blah, blah, blah.

There was this guy Demetrius, and then somebody else in the conversation says, wow, I was thinking about the Roman Empire just the other day and so it keeps going this way. Now this synchronization will probably also sync up at other levels. And I bet you that we'll see the mainstream media report on this as though first off, is on a lot of unknowns, why is this happening? What's going on? But at some point they're probably going to try and put it down to sweeping mental illness or pollution or who the fuck knows what.

But the mother Weffers will try and capitalize on the fact that this is occurring and it won't work. Their ability to understand what's going on is so limited that they're not able to even wrap it enough in their own naradigm to control it. But we will get that they will at some point, probably end of this year into next year, they'll start trying to say that, oh, everybody thinking about the Roman Empire is due to this kind of a thing, right? Or maybe it's disease X. Oh my God, disease X is going to kill you and it's going to erode your brain and you're going to think about history and that's all you're going to do is think about history.

And this is the evil part of disease X that it precludes you from having a normal life because you get so sucked into history or whatever the hell they're going to say about it, because it's going to be really weird. All the synchronization now we will probably have all kinds of synchronization that will try and push it towards disease states. So we're going to have to be careful about that. And a lot of people are going to as I say, they're going to have different kinds of proximal causes for what they think is actually prompting all of this. But it is manifesting, I suspect, that it's going to grow and mature and change as we go forward.

My data suggests that there is a visible point here in the near future sometime. The data that I've got would suggest it's going to be before December 15 of this year, and that this visible point is going to be a separation. And that's how it's being described as a split separation, a crack, a divide. All these words relating to the separation of the normies from the mainstream and Kazarian mafia naradigm, not good for the normies guys because they don't have any underpinning, right? They don't have anything in the way of support for a non mainstream narrative.

They just don't, they just don't grasp a lot. So this, I think, causes a lot of them to start glomming onto the Wu people. That seriously escalates Wu people visibility over last part of October through November and then really rushes up in December and keeps going, right? And that's like the real start of it. So it's kind of like a going viral sort of thing.

So I expect at some point here I'm going to see Jean Claude and his channel and all their people. I suspect at some point they'll start doing like million view videos and so everybody will be really excited. There's a million views. He's at like maybe three or 400,000 on him now, but it'll just go like a million views, right? But that's just the start.

And so maybe sometime in December he reaches up to the point where they get a million views on his videos. But I bet you by the end of January, he's approaching five and 10 million. It's going to be that sort of an effect and as the normies, abandon mainstream media and all of that. Bear in mind we're going to have to prosecute all these mainstream media treasonous fuckers. Probably some of them will be shot just like in World War II or Hung or whatever, right?

So anyway, though, I suspect that that's going to be the case, that the synchronization, the aspect of the synchronization of these thoughts without any apparent binding of those thoughts from one individual to another. In other words, I'm thinking about ancient Egypt now, and you're also thinking about ancient Egypt. And then we both bring it up and it's like, oh, my God, we're both thinking about it at the same time. So that kind of shit's going to be happening. And we'll have the results misinterpreted by the mainstream media, which is going to be even further causing more divides between them and the normies.

And so this separation, it appears to evolve before December 15. So it's going to be very energetic year. This aspect, the last part of this year is just going to be really weird for all of us. I'm looking forward to it. Because we need the change, right?

We got to get out of these doldrums. We got to get our minds right, and we got to get out of the Kali Yuga and get out from underneath these evil motherfucking Kazarian mafia guys. Anyway, guys, be optimistic. It's going to get a hell of a lot better in 2024. You'll see signs of this in a big way.

Talk talk to you later. Got to go put shit away and then get into my next phase here. I've got meetings at the house. Okay, talk to.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Splits happen – 09-27-2023

Splits happen - 09-27-2023

Splits happen - 09-27-2023
Website Note:

I wrote the following to Clif High in September 2023:

'Also on my site I have a section devoted to quote "micronova" and it seems that Ben Davidson and you are both talking about the same thing about what event will happen when the solar system breaks out of the galactic plane. You think that there will be more Galactic emanations from the galactic center. He thinks that the solar system will hit a Charged particle sheet that flows along the surface of the Galaxy called The Parker instability sheet which may or may not cause a reoccurring micronova. I would appreciate your view on his idea about the reoccurring Nova as the solar system passes through the current sheet.'

I believe that this episode is a full and complete answer to my query...

Episode Summary:

The podcast discusses energy changes on Earth, attributing them to external cosmic influences rather than human activity or the sun. The author mentions an increase in energy levels due to Earth's position relative to the Galactic Center, affecting the entire solar system. This energy shift is believed to influence humans, animals, and the environment, causing noticeable changes. The author dismisses climate change narratives and catastrophic predictions as manipulations by powerful groups (referred to as "WEF") to control and instill fear in the population. The author also predicts the collapse of fiat currency, leading to the loss of power by these groups. The document suggests that humanity will gradually become aware of these energy changes and their effects, leading to a significant paradigm shift.

#EnergyChanges #GalacticCenter #CosmicInfluence #Earth #ClimateChange #Manipulation #PowerGroups #WEF #FiatCurrency #Collapse #ParadigmShift #Humanity #Awareness #Environment #SolarSystem #ExternalInfluences #Predictions #Catastrophic #Fear #Control #Population #Narratives #Effects #Life #Position #Increase #Levels #Document #Author #Refute #Recognize #Shift #Currency #Power

Key Takeaways:
  • Earth is experiencing energy changes due to cosmic influences.
  • These changes are not caused by human activity or the sun.
  • Powerful groups have manipulated climate change narratives.
  • The collapse of fiat currency is predicted, leading to a loss of power by these groups.
  • A significant paradigm shift is expected as humanity becomes aware of these energy changes.
Predictions:
  • The fiat currency will collapse, leading to a significant shift in power dynamics globally.
  • Humanity will experience a paradigm shift as awareness of energy changes increases.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Splits happen - 09-27-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's the hang on a second. It's the 27 September, a little after eight. Hidden Inland fetching supplies, a weekly chore, and also checking out what the hell's going on.

New construction and stuff, various different places.

Wow, that's interesting. Weird kind of a device with a ball on the top of it. It's not like a tether ball. I don't know what the hell that is. Anyway, ah, so let's talk about energy for a minute and then get into some other stuff maybe.

So back in maybe it was 1999 when I was doing these data runs, the very first one I did was in like 97, and that formed the base that I carried forward. And then I did another one at the early part of 99. And that was the first time that I had what I might say really woo stuff coming through in the sense that that one really concerned me. Because the data set was very filled with basically saying two new kinds of energy, we're going to hit Earth, and that humans and animals and the planet were going to react to it. And this was the big push then for the climate change story.

So if you go and look mainstream movies, especially science fiction in the late 80s started going towards the mother weffer's climate change. So they took over Hollywood in the they started inserting their narrative into movies and stuff in the 80s in a very serious way. So no matter what movie you produced from like 89 onward, if it was funded by any of these WEF outfits, you always had to have some aspect of climate change in there. And so we were all starting to get subtly and almost subliminally mind programmed by the WEF for their climate change hoax. So you'd see things like, let me what was the name of that movie?

Arrival. Okay, so there was this science fiction movie called Arrival that they made in like 96. They remade it in the 2000s somewhere and totally changed the character of it.

The 96 version was all about Charlie Sheen as an astrophysicist guy, a radio telescope fellow who hears the space aliens and he discovers that there's a space alien plot. And in that plot they're simply going to accelerate our climate warming and kill off all humans because they need a more warm planet. And they're here surreptitiously and we don't know they're here, which would be very easy, by the way. You could land spaceships all the fuck around on Earth and we'd never know about it, right? We regular humans.

Maybe the military would know about it because we've got some hints in the patents and stuff that they're monitoring neutrino releases. Okay? And that's part of what chemtrails are about is chemtrails forms, sort of like a plasma and neutrino identification fog. So just as in a fog, you can use disturbances in the fog itself to figure out where something is there's basically what they're doing with the neutrinos being picked up, as well as the impact of the passage of stuff through the chemtrails. Anyway, so Charlie Sheen has the movie role and it was not like that was the only movie, it's like every fucking Sci-Fi movie started having climate change in it in the 90s, early 90s, all the way through and it just kept getting worse the whole time.

More pronounced as they escalate towards where we are now. Now, the good news is that they've failed. I mean, even Klaus de Schwab, der Schwab, is admitting that the Agenda 2030 is defeated, right? Too many people are rebelling against it. We've also got the who backing off on all of their weird ass bas shit.

I don't think the who is going to survive, or the UN, to be honest. Anyway, so these strange energies from space is how the data had labeled it, right? That's how I characterized it after reading the descriptors that we would get two waves of these things. This was back in the late ninety s and early 2000s. It was supposedly by the time I'd gotten it in the data, the data was suggesting that the waves were there, that they were already arriving.

Now this was concerning to me because I thought, oh, I was being inculcated with the climate change stuff and I thought, oh, maybe this is going to be climate change and it's catastrophic and it's coming from space and all of that, right? Well, turns out that all of this stuff, all these subliminal threads through our social order relating to catastrophic climate change or catastrophe striking Earth are all man made. Okay?

So I like the guy, David Dubine, but he's captured, his mind is captured, right, by the Agenda 2030 business, and he is responding to these subliminal mind rats put out by the WEF to sit around and gnaw on your paradigm, right? And so his mind rats are telling him that we've got a catastrophe coming. Well, the catastrophe part is entirely inserted by the WEF. Now we note that the WEF has governments that they can make do things and so they actually can cause catastrophes using these weapons. But the earthquake in Turkey was not natural, the fires in paradise aren't natural, the fires in Lahaina are not natural, the flood in Libya, the two dams failing was not natural, morocco wasn't natural.

All of these things are attacks by the mother Weffers through the governments, mostly the captured US government and know DARPA subsidiaries and all of that, with all these strange weapons. But anyway, so this is all engineered and there is not a catastrophic cycle that affects the planet. All of these people that are saying, oh, it happens every 12,000 years, or all of this. They have no certain knowledge of any of this, and they're kind of silly. And many of them are very stupid to not consider that they're being played right, that they're being engineered, because we know the WEF is out there trying to engineer all of this.

And so you've got to be a little bit dense to not pick up on the idea that, oh, maybe they're targeting me. Maybe the data and stuff I've been told is not as it has been presented to me and so maybe I should reexamine all of this. Anyway. So these waves of energy, I think, actually have come through and have settled in on us. And I think now from the data that I've got and all the manifestations that have actually happened, what I think was being forecast was the pickup, the rise in energy levels due to our coming up out of the dense mass of the solar system in the galaxy relative to the galactic edge.

And we're getting more emanations from whether we're going up or down relative to galactic central is moot as we are coming out of Kaliyuga. It's always a rising deal and it's a rising deal in energy levels because there's less mass blocking the energy coming to us. And so you can see that if indeed this premise was factual that millions of suns in the middle of the galaxy all throwing out light and other energies is going to have a decidedly different effect on life closer to galactic center than we get out here in the hinterlands. Then you can see that this hang on a second. That this is quite feasible that we would get as we rise up in the obscuring mass of the galactic central equator, so to speak.

We're rising up over the equator of the galaxy. And as we do that, we get more of all of this light and energy from the middle of the galaxy and things change here. And so you could see that there could be cycles, these cycles could be including catastrophe. And you might fixate on the catastrophe part as you go forward thinking that especially if it's being engineered, that you should think that. But it would be easy to make these assumptions and they wouldn't be valid because you wouldn't be aware that there's actually a proximal cause not related to our solar system itself.

That is to say, none of these energies are originating within our solar system. It's not our sun that's causing this. Our sun is like us. It's reacting to this extra energy coming out of galactic center.

So solar flares, that kind of thing can be expected as it reacts as well as Earth and all of the planets, the whole solar system in a general kind of a sense reacting right it. And as this continues, we're likely to experience any number of odd effects from this that wouldn't necessarily have been noticed by us and certainly did not exist in the descending phase. So in other words, in the previous 12,000 years, we've been in a descending loop down going closer to the central mass of the obscuring mass of the galaxy between us and the Galactic Center. And so we were fading, so we were gradually losing energies and this could certainly cause catastrophes, could cause all kinds of effects, but we wouldn't notice it the same way that we would notice an increase in energy and an increase in our own capabilities. And I think over those 12,000 years our minds got denser.

We were born, every succeeding generation was born less aware, less intelligent at some level. And that it's only been since we turned in mid Kaliyuga that we've been increasing. So there's an ascending part of the Kaliyuga. So even though you're in the Kaliyuga for 1200 years in the ascending phase, you're sort of working your way out of it. It's not quite as bad as the previous 1200 years of the Kali.

Yuga. So anyway, it would be predictable, if this premise is accurate, that there would be certain effects that would be occurring over a vast quantity of time. So we're 325 years into a 2400 year dawa para yoga, which is the Bronze Age. And so the 2400 years, so we're at like 20.

So, so basically 2000, let's just say 2000 years in general ahead of us, the rest of this particular age will be affected by these increasing energies. Then I also suspect that by the time we get 2000 years out and we're about ready to go into the Silver Age, we're going to have another bump up because we will be that much higher relative to the Galactic Center and we'll get more of these emanations out of there. So it may well be that we have more serious effects and more changes that occur to us basically 2000 years out than we're experiencing now. And that this is phase one anyway though. So we've got these energy increases, they're affecting everybody, they're affecting the normies, they're affecting existent life.

Okay? So it's not just new generations, it is existing. Life now is being affected because we're all basically antennas and we're just picking up on these new frequencies that are coming on in because our antennas are capable of receiving those frequencies as they hit the planet. So no, I'm not anticipating giant Earth catastrophes. In my opinion, all of that has to be thrown out and you have to start all over on all of this stuff.

And you got to work really hard to eliminate the past 30 plus 40 plus years of the mother. Weppers trying their sneaky subliminal scams. And until you do that, you can't rely on any data nor any conclusions that you're being presented. And if you go and look, many, many of these conclusions that had been put out even in the, even up into the early 90s in the form of books, are all weft directed. So hapgood with the rotation of the poles.

All of these people that had these ideas of giant catastrophes, many of them were actually financed by the WEF and they didn't know it. And also the data that they were looking at is taken without the concept that there is a non solar system cause for all of the stuff that we're seeing as our solar system reacts to this, this makes a big difference. Okay? So if you're assuming that the poles are going to rotate because of some shift for the sun, you'll never really connect to the idea that you're being fed bullshit. That the poles have never rotated.

There's never been a pole flip and that the evidence was deliberately polluted by the WEF in order to get this idea crossed such that they could use this as a psychological lever against humanity as they were doing their attempted takeover, which has now failed. This one doesn't mean that they're not going to try again. So we got to go out, we got to scrub the whole planet and get these mother Weapers and lock them up and remove them. This all got to happen anyway because their source of power is the fiat currency they have the ability to tap into without any work. They just get millions and millions and millions of dollars and they can bribe and do what they want.

As the fiat currency dies, the mother Weffers are going to be left hanging out there without anything to cover them up. And this is what they're very desperately afraid of because they know will come for them and people will probably come and kill them as a result of all the evil that they've actually done anyway.

The energy levels are indeed increasing all different kinds of frequency analysis that shows that we're dealing with different frequencies now than we did ten years ago, 20 years ago, et cetera, and that not only are these new frequencies appearing, but that they are in fact increasing in strength as we go forward in time. There's not a whole lot of discussion in the science journals about these in a meaningful way for lots of different reasons. Academia is not incentivized to even look at these. Those that are looking at them are being directed towards the mother weffer's view that it's all originating from our sun, and our sun's going to go bluey and cause problems for humans and all this kind of stuff, right? All of which suits their agenda and none of which is factual.

The energies are here, and some of the stuff that's showing up in my data says that we're about to come to a realization. I won't say that. Okay, so a realization of an energy threshold. I think that we're actually in that energy now and that the threshold will be a kind of, like, more or less arbitrary thing that forms in the consensus for humanity on the Internet in the sense that we're not going to get any more energy in December. But by some point in December, we will have come to the point where there's a consensus that this energy stuff is happening, or at least we'll become more aware.

The general population becomes more aware of those things that are causing it to change, and that they are aware that there are changes within the body politic, within themselves, and within the general environment and social order at giant levels. Right. So this is not just global warming. It's not just our sun heating up, it's our whole fucking solar system being affected and everything in it, all because of Galactic Center. So there ain't shit you can do about it, right?

So the whole global warming hoax is that humans are causing any of this, right? And so once you understand that, so we could put it back and say, oh, it's not humans, it's the sun. Well, we can even go further and say it's not even the sun, it's fucking Galactic Center. And our position relative to that galactic center around the obscuring of the central mass of the galaxy. And this takes it totally out of the idea that humans are in any way involved in this in terms of like as a causal agent, once again chopping the wealth off at the knees as they try and manipulate us all for their ends.

As I say, the death of the fiat is going to take them out. It's happening now. That is, the fiat currency is dying. Now all of the hyperinflation or all the inflation that's threatening the derivatives, all of these kind of things are putting real pressure. They're not able to take the amount of money out.

The amount of money out that they're taking doesn't have the spending power, it doesn't have the purchasing power, it doesn't keep people bribed. As long we got all kinds of whistleblowers coming out, this is going to seriously accelerate over these next few months as we get into this push towards a period of what will become hyperinflation, it may manifest. So hyperinflation is a psychological thing. You have inflation, but then it becomes hyper because the people become afraid of the inflation and so they want to get the fiat currency out of their hands as soon as it arrives. And so that's the hyper part, right?

So you get paid at the end of the month. You don't spend and pay your bills and go and buy and do stuff over the whole course of the month. You do it all that fucking day, right? The very first day of the next month, you've got all that money spent because you don't want to have it lose 40% of its purchasing value by the time you reach the end of that month for the next paycheck. That doesn't really cover your needs.

So you get into this mental state. So as that hits, we can expect the weft to be totally collapsing. And that's when I think that we'll get some of the dynamic demonstrable release language that's all about murdering the bastards that did all of this, right, that did the COVID that have engineered all of this shit. Once we reach into that point of serious inflation, I think it'll probably hit sometime early next year. There's hints in the data that we're going to have this split occur in December, and that from that split, from that point on, more and more normies come over to the Wu and they just like, abandon the official naradigm, and we get a weird kind of a situation relative to that.

Again, though, I think this is related to the threshold, the energy threshold appearing in people's minds in the early part of December. How this is going to manifest, I don't know. It's just that we've got hints in the data that there is a complex paradigm alteration coming that is going to take us over a couple of months to do. And it's all participating in this hyper novelty that I've got pegged for about April 3. And no, I do not in any way think that Carrie Cassidy and Richard Allen Miller are correct about giant destruction on the planet next March.

Okay? So, no, I don't don't buy into Richard Allen Miller's approach to things and his view of things, and I certainly don't buy into Carrie Cassidy's paranoia and her histrionics. So no, I don't think that those things are valid at all in any event, though, so so I don't believe that those are going to happen. But I do think that we will have hypernovelty by sometime that we'll be able to really look at it and say, okay, hypernovelty is here by about April 3 or so. And that hyper novelty probably is going to include hyperinflation here in the United States.

Now, hyperinflation usually lasts only a few months, usually lasts less than five months, and then you have a total collapse. We're looking at the collapse of confidence in government now. So I live out in a real rural county. I know the sheriff's deputies personally because they've had to come and help me out with stalkers and crap. So I have a different relationship to my local law enforcement than you might in, say, an urban environment.

But if I lived in an urban environment, I would have nothing to do with the police. I would never report any crimes. I would deal with it myself, right? Any criminal activity that took place around me or near me or focused at me would be my responsibility because I would have no faith that government and police inactions would be worth the trouble or would be in my favor. And so that's where we're at now.

There's a breakdown, a loss of confidence in government. This is part of the death of the fiat process, and this will can be expected to accelerate over these next, like, five or six months. Now, it's a tricky situation because of the politics, because of Trump, because of continuity of government, because of all of these things. So it's not as one might think if one were a normie just looking at those things that bubble up into the news, right? So if you look at the news, you're being diluted by the mother weapons.

No question about that.

Now, we've had Trump call out the news, and I expect over the next few months and this may actually okay, because of some things in the data, it may be that part of the threshold crossing occurs next. By the time we get into mid December, we cross this split or this chasm that appears. And I think that what's going to happen, in my opinion, that the data has some suggestion there's going to be a major separation between the normies and what we might think of as corporate news and all of its functions. So this might even include X or Twitter, right? But it for sure will include all the mainstream media guys.

And basically what's going to happen is that there's going to be a situation where it's a slap in your face and apparent in your face kind of lies from the media that won't be able to be ignored, and that that's going to cause this separation between the normies and the media or between normies and officialdom.

I think right now, maybe normies are still thinking that the government functions, that it's there to help them, the police are their friends and are going to put criminals away. All of this kind of thing, all of that is less confident than it was five years ago, ten years ago, 20 years ago, because it's been worn down by the mother Weapers and the Kazarian Mafia takeover that has been happening and is now failing. But nonetheless, there's this residual mental construct that this is the way the world operates, in spite of the fact that it's not operated that way for at least 50 or 60 years, ever since the takeover was launched. Actually, it was launched back in the 50s. Okay, so they've been working at it since 1913, arguably, with the Central Bank.

This was their whole goal, was the Central Bank takeover of the planet. But there's various phases that have been really kicked in, and we are in actually we're in what should have been their last phase in taking us over, and it's all now collapsing. I think that what's going to happen is that sometime through the course of these next few months, we're going to get up to a build up of nondeniable lies out of the media such that we get to that. Point where the data has been saying this for decades. Been saying that we're going to reach a point where we will have video evidence of so we'll have an instance, at least one, but it's going to be multiple.

Attacks on the street on mainstream media to the point where mainstream media won't be able to go out on the street and do their reports. They'll have to fake even that. They'll have to have fake streets and they'll have to import people to talk to and that kind of thing because they'll be so afraid. And what will happen is that there's going to be an incident where a woman reporter and data was quite clear. It won't be only her, and I'm not even sure that she'll be the first in this series of events, but a woman reporter is going to get smashed in the face by a guy in the process of doing her report live from some kind of an event.

So it would be like if they went and covered the Philadelphia riots and one of the rioters came on up and said, why you motherfuckers, and then just smashes her in the face, busts her nose. It's all caught on camera. There will be nothing will happen to the person that does this to the reporter. And it's going to be part of a whole series of attacks, like actual assault and sometimes just verbal abuse, sometimes dumping drinks on their heads or throwing food at them or mud or shit, or who knows, right? But it's going to go on for a number of months, and it will result in the media withdrawing to the point where you just don't see them doing this, and then they'll be doing seriously fake news.

And I think it's going to be something like that that's going to set up this situation for this split such that the data describes it in a way that I'm interpreting it as the normies move over to the Wu people, right? All of a sudden, Jean Claude's TV channel takes off and he gets millions of viewers. This beyond mystic stuff, but all of the Woo people really benefit as the normie masses shift over and there's going to be thrashing and crashing as they decide who they're going to listen to and this sort of thing. But that the process, while continuing for months is going to be visible to us sometime in December with this split, with this shift over of the dynamics over to the Wu people here, they're going to be real interesting. It's part of this developing movement into hyper novelty.

And I think hypernovelty for me is going to just like mark the beginning of Sci-Fi world. Anyway, I'm here now. I got to do a little bit of driving business here and start doing my chores. But we'll get into some other stuff later on. But anyway, the energy stuff I'm finding to be quite fascinating.

I think that indeed we've got these forecast changes appearing now at a level that's going to be quite visible in December. Okay, guys, I've got to get to it here. You and I'll talk to.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High – 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Seth Holhouse, the host of "Man in America," interviews Cliff High, a brilliant independent thinker. They discuss the constructed reality around us and the importance of questioning it. The conversation delves into topics like outer space, the moon, and the future, including the 2024 outlook, Trump's plans, the role of the military, and the banking system. Cliff introduces the concept of the "Great Awakening," suggesting that increased emanations from the galactic center are causing a global awakening. The deep state, or the Khazarian mafia, is described as being desperate due to this awakening. Cliff predicts a significant event that will further enhance the Great Awakening. He uses the analogy of building and release tension to describe the emotional state of the masses. The deep state has been managing this balance to maintain control. However, an upcoming event, whether orchestrated by the deep state or not, will disrupt this balance, leading to a state of "hyper novelty." This event will be so significant that society won't revert to its previous state. Cliff suggests that the deep state might not be the ultimate power, hinting at a greater force behind them.

#ManInAmerica #SethHolhouse #CliffHigh #GreatAwakening #DeepState #KhazarianMafia #2024Outlook #Trump #Military #BankingSystem #GalacticCenter #EmotionalTension #HyperNovelty #Reality #Questioning #OuterSpace #Moon #Future #GlobalConsciousness #Balance #Control #Society #Event #Prediction #Change

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to man in America. I'm your host, Seth Holhouse. So today I have one of my favorite people to talk to, and not because I agree with everything he says, but because he's such an independent and I think pretty brilliant thinker. And that's cliff high. Now you could say that maybe he's bordering on that range of kind of mad genius.

And I would agree with that. I think it's a good thing because what it means that he's questioning the fundamental things that we think to be true in our reality. And when you look back at how much of our so called reality has been constructed as a cage around us, I think that questioning the fundamentals of what we think to be true is a really good thing. So actually, I just finished this interview with Cliff. I'm doing the intro afterwards.

We talked for about an hour and a half. It's a really engaging conversation. We go into some crazy topics. I mean, of course, we go into a lot of stuff about outer space and the moon in the middle of the discussion, which is great. But we talk a lot about what's coming next.

What's 2024 look like? What's trump's plan? Is the military involved? Is the whole military compromised? Does Trump still have a lot of say?

Are they going to be involved in the elections? There's a really interesting chunk that we get into with that towards the end. We also get into the banking system. What's going on with the banking system? What does he expect to see happening in addition to that precious metals bitcoin?

So, as you would expect, it's an incredibly engaging discussion with Cliff. And actually the first probably 20 minutes to 30 minutes I found to be so interesting because we're talking about this measurable way of looking at the great awakening. And it's going to blow your mind the way this guy thinks. So I hope you enjoy this interview. Before we get started, we got a few quick announcements.

For one, we are giving away silver. So for all the man in America family, we're giving away 5oz of pure silver every Friday. So if you want to enter to win that 5oz of pure silver, it's going to be five generic rounds, buffalo rounds, just go to Silverseth.com or go to Slash Win. So if silverstheth doesn't work on your browser, it's maninamerica.com Win. You enter your name and your email once and you're automatically entered in every Friday.

Again for the Friday drawing of the 5oz of free silver. Also, every show I do is also done as a podcast. So if you want to listen instead of watch, just go to your favorite podcast app and search for man in America and you'll find me there. All right, folks, enjoy this mind bending and interesting conversation with Cliff High. But Cliff, it is great to have you back on.

It was such an interesting interview the first time around and I've got so many questions and I think there's a lot to talk about. So thanks again for being here. Sure, no worries at all. Yes, I've got a whole list of questions here, so I'd say one of the big ones I want to first jump into know we're heading into the election year. It feels like the deep state, the cabal, that they're at a very desperate place, that a lot of the Americans that may have voted for Joe Biden before now have woken up.

They're seeing the problems of the current administration everywhere. They're questioning the elections. What do you see happening? And what are some of your data sets saying as we're going into, say, the next, say, three, six months into the election year, next year? What do you expect to unfold during this period?

I don't have much in the way of expectations, but I have some stuff out of my data that seems to describe 2024. And I'm not going to call it an election year for various different reasons.

We're at war now. We've been at war basically for I mean, if you want to think about it the way I do it, we've been at war for about 6000 years with these same Khazarian people that are trying to take over the planet. As you are quite correct, the Deep State, this Khazarian mafia, is very desperate at the moment, okay? They are escalating because the Great Awakening is happening. They have within their group, some small number of them, that recognize that this is a phenomenon that is beyond their control.

It has to do actually, factually, with increased emanations from the galactic center waking us all up. And the Great Awakening is not a misnomer, okay? And there's nothing that Khazarians can do about this, including slaughtering people. But they're starting to do that, okay? So the deep state is at war with us.

What I do expect is that that war in this next six months will break out into the open, into the normie mines in a sharp, very sharp way, and I'll explain that in a second such that it will occupy all of the places that are now occupied by the unraveling of the political illusion. Okay? So all of those people that are worried about the Biden regime or Obama, or they're coming to terms with the fact that Obama is gay and Michelle is a guy and they rented those kids and all of this other stuff, all of those people will be jolted into an awareness of a war. And they will have to try and cope in sort of a rush, okay? Because they're going to jump and leap right out of the normie world of politics in a degrading America to a much greater view of what's going on.

And they will understand that we're in World War II and World War II is being fought with dues. And that's the news right that it's not your papa's World War II. It's not that not going back. We're going forward into this new functioning and the deep state is the enemy. It's not nation state versus nation state.

This is going to be very difficult for people to wrap their heads around. So yes, perhaps the plunger on Maui was pulled or a button was pushed by a guy in China who is a CCP fellow. But it doesn't mean that China the nation state, nor China the people attacked Maui, okay? It means that an arm of the deep state within the CCP attacked Maui on the orders of the deep state. We're going to have an event of some form or a series of events of some form.

So I'm connected with remote viewers, the best remote viewers on the planet, bar none. The only remote viewers that might be better are ones we don't know about because they're hidden so deep. Okay? I'm not going to say what those remote viewers have been telling me because I have not been given permission. They have to release this information on their own.

What I will say is that they are echoing what my numbers are showing. Okay? So I have this thing called building tension value. And I have a release tension value. And this is building emotional tension.

And this is release of emotional tension. The words can be the same, the descriptors can be the same, but all the adjectives would be different and the emotional aspect of it would be different. And in building tension, it's like you're trying to describe your anxiety or you're crunching in on yourself in some aspect relative to something that's pushing on you from the outside. In release language, you're jumping up and down and releasing all that emotion. These two, whatever the value of them, the difference has a finite range and it ranges from three point something up to 5.85.

5.85 is our maximum. Now that's our maximum delta between release and building tension. And it fluctuates every single time I do these runs. It fluctuates some degree. Sometimes building tension is larger.

Sometimes release tension is larger. Since 2001, building tension has had a tendency to dominate since 2001. Now we are in a situation where we have this, that we have two sets of values. And now the delta between these is 81.86,958,695. Okay?

So this is 13 times my maximum usual standard deviation range 13 times in a standard way. Standard deviations work. A single standard deviation is something that an engineer might pay attention to, especially in bridges and that kind of thing. Two times standard deviation is something that an engineer would want to pay attention to. In energy mechanics, it means your engine is not working the way it should.

That kind of thing. Three times standard deviation in anything, any aspect of engineering is a catastrophe. All right? We're at 13 times that now and it's dominating with release tension. All right?

So the last time we had a significant dominant release language event was 2001. Okay, so that was the 911 attack. Everybody released for months afterwards. It was just dominating with release of emotional tension. Even at that point, it was less than the standard deviation range.

Right? So now we're 13 times higher. So the remote viewers are echoing what I'm seeing.

They have different methods, different characterizations of what's going on. But in Maine they would echo that something is going to occur. It's going to occur in the near or immediate timeframe, and it's going to be dominated by release language. So Maui was dominated by release language up to the point that the Feds came in and started putting up the barriers and now everything's all tension. Everybody's getting all tense about it, they're getting angry and so forth in a way that they didn't get angry with that attack.

You can actually see the language in the various articles. Go back and read something about the event and everybody's outpouring all of their grief, et cetera, et cetera. And now it's all anger about the way everybody's being treated. Okay, so the Feds came in and turned. Sure.

So I have to make sure I'm tracking this right. So basically it's a simple way of me understanding it. It's almost as if the Cabal has to maintain a balance of release and the building of this tension. And so the we, the people, the average Americans or the average people on
Earth, it's like they'll push us a little bit that they're monitoring this, our tension comes up, then we can relieve that tension just to feel like, okay, it's okay again, that's how they get us to get distracted back with the circus. So that's how they keep it level.

We get really pissed off and then we feel like we accomplish something. It's like, oh, well, Durham did this. And it's like, okay, let's calm back down. But what's happening right now, it's almost like when you watch a trailer being pulled behind a truck that starts swaying, it gets to a certain point where it starts whipping so violently that the only thing that can happen is a catastrophe. So is that kind of what's happening?

Okay, correct. Okay. So I don't know how much control the Cabal actually exercises over the building intention. I don't know that they consider it this way, but in fundamental effect, they manage it this way. Right.

They don't want enough people to ever wake up that the Khazarian mafia can be seen behind all of the illusion they've put out. Right? And so we have that now. The illusion is breaking down. The ADL is under attack.

That's one of their primary enforcers. Right? So all of these things are breaking down for them as it is breaking down. If they used to have control over this all right, so we could look at it two ways. We could look at that.

We're going to have a breakout emotional event that they won't be able to control that will further enhance our Great Awakening, right? And that that event is not necessarily initiated by them. All right? Or we could look at it at the opposite, that we're going to have a breakout event. They won't be able to control the aftermath of it because too many people will be awake to what's going on, but they created it.

Okay, so basically what you were describing, maintaining the balance here is a method of keeping us under control. Dampening it down, right? Dampen down the hunger with a little bit now and put it off a little bit later. That kind of a thing which we've been under for hundreds of years. Okay?

So another way to look at it is that they're so desperate that they must do a major attack in order to cause as much damage and as much chaos as possible in order that they may assert control in the midst of that chaos, which is what they do. They have a tendency to create the 911 incident, right? So if we looked at the attack on the towers in terms of its release language, we are looking at something that's going to have 13 times more release language that will manifest both in spiking values immediately, but also in duration. It'll have to go on for a long time in order for this to work its way out of all the people. This is going to exacerbate the deep state's worries and problems relative to the Great Awakening, because the longer we're in this upset state, in this upset state, they don't have control.

Right. What they work on is basically fracturing your concentration and allowing the brain chemicals to calm down, and as you're calming down, then they try and get you back in the control by placing those things in front of you to lead you. Right? They don't usually come along and put a cattle prod in your back and push you because that exacerbates the disruption within your mental state. It's a very delicate balance for them to do their hypnosis and keep the illusion.

This is basically saying that there's going to be some event, whether they create it or not, that's going to escalate so far that we won't be going back. Okay, so this is why I have been saying that we're approaching a point of hyper novelty because we'll cross over a threshold where it will not be possible for us to go back to these levels or that old illusion anymore. So there is reason to suspect that World War Three, however it is characterized nation state versus nation state or deep state versus global population, other than Russia and a few other places that are awake and not in their control. However we characterize that, we're going to get to a point where there's going to be an opening of this idea that the deep state exists independent of the nation states and is at war with the people, I think it will come out because the deep state will try and gen up a nation state war. It's not going to work.

But in the process of doing that, they're going to waken up a lot more of the normal population by basically having such a huge shock to their system that all their mind is cleansed. Right? So most people, I don't know how many people could actually remember, but you wake up one morning and then I was on the west coast here and you hear about the attacks on 911. Right? From that moment on, my thinking was altered, it never went back.

Then you see all of the problems that generate the fact that they had this massive thousands of pages of law ready to enact within a week. So, you know, it's all a put up job. Yada yada, yada. Right? And so your thinking never goes back to the way it was and we're approaching something like that.

Will it be a directed energy weapon attack on Colorado or Florida or Wyoming perhaps?

Something too visible to ignore. People in Turkey right after Maui were struck by energy weapons, they filmed the energy weapons coming down and starting the brush fires in their area. So this is part of the deep state war against the population of Earth. Now, I'm a little on the woo side, so I think there's something on the other side of the deep state. I don't think the deep state is their own masters.

Right. I think there's a lot of the people in the deep state that know what I know about this and don't want to go anywhere near this, but are not able to change events such that they could back off of this because there's something on the other side that's driving them. So there are certain things that are popping out in reality that suggest that there are support in our factual reality for some kind of an event coming along this way. So it's subtle, you'd have to really understand the data and the way I'm looking at it. But some of these supporting more subtle effects are hugely long term in the way in which they will manifest and the effects they will have.

Got a quick message for you. So folks, thank goodness inflation is going down. Thank you Biden. But wait, if inflation is going down, then why are food prices going up, energy prices going up and gas prices going up? Well, because they're lying to us.

Imagine that. You see, right now the real rate of inflation is closer to 25%, not the 5% the White House wants you to believe. You can see this with your own eyes and your own wallet. What this means is that if you had $100,000 in your savings account just one year ago, today it's only worth about $75,000 in terms of your actual buying power. Your money is losing value by the day.

If you went back to 1920 and you had a $20 bill or a 1oz gold coin, you could walk into a men's clothing store and buy an entire suit, jacket, shoes, pants, belt, everything. But think about it. What would a $20 bill buy you today? Maybe some socks, but an ounce of gold will still buy you that same suit. And this is why I believe that now more than ever, it's a good time to consider transferring at least a portion of your wealth into physical gold and silver.

Real world assets have stood the test of time, and for this, I'm confident in recommending dr. Kirk Elliott. So, Kirk has two PhDs and is an incredible Christian patriot who's dedicated to helping you break free from the trap of inflation. You can buy gold and silver directly, even in small amounts, or you can transfer your IRA into physical gold and silver with zero taxes or penalties. So, Kirk is who I use.

He's who my family and my friends use, and honestly, he's someone I trust completely. And when it comes to your wealth, you need someone that you can trust. So to learn more, open up a new tab right now and go to goldwithseth.com or call 720-605-3900 to speak to a real person. Right now, kirk LA's team will answer all of your questions and take care of you every step of the way. So, right now, they're trying to work out the deep state, and the individuals involved are trying to work out a face saving mechanism for shutting down CERN, for shutting down the large Hadron collider.

Okay? That massive, massive, massive investment. More copper in that thing than in any dam on the planet, okay? There's more copper there than any of the dams in our country, probably more than all of the dams in our country in terms of the generators and stuff, and they're shutting it down because it's useless. It took particle physics as far as it could go, and it failed, and people are drifting away.

Okay, so a bad sign for science when your scientists are not re upping on their own and you got to go on out and try and keep recruiting them to come back into your operation. Whatever they were attempting to achieve, they failed with that. The fact that we're looking at such a large thing being shut down and the first hints of the emotional problems that these guys are getting into in that shutdown process because they can't just everybody walk away and lock the door, right? They've got to decommission this thing. It's got to be a public kind of a deal.

It's got to upend their whole grasp on physics and science because they took science to this huge pinnacle and spent more on a single science project than anything ever in our history. And it failed. And it was a failure from the beginning. If you looked at things the appropriate way, you would see this. And in spite of them having hidden motivations, even all their hidden motivations failed.

And that's caused them some real consternation so we could be facile and see things at a surface level and say, oh, the Deep state's attempt to create a portal for demons
with the Large Hadron Collider for demons to come in and help them failed. Okay? And so there probably will be people that have that view, right? Like, I don't know particular kind of mentician in people that would think that this was the case, but it's true that it failed. I don't know that they were attempting to bring in demons.

I know that there were all these other ancillary projects for the Large Hadron Collider that were never mentioned except in the back quarters kind of thing. But I know that that failure, as upsetting as it is to the mainstream scientists that are on the front side of it, is much more upsetting to the whackadoodle deep state scientists on the back side of things. And it's caused a huge problem with their grasp of reality, really, because things they were attempting to do, whatever they were basically that failure came back and said, no, you people are totally wrong in your view of how reality works. And that has really shocked them. So we're going to see all different kinds of things here.

We've got major monetary collapses going on in the background that are significantly huge. So this time next year, will we be able to have an election in the United States? I do not believe we would be able to have any kind of an election that the Biden regime would be planning on. That is to say Dominion Machines, any of that kind of stuff. I don't think any of that's going to happen because they won't be able to pay for it.

I think Dominion itself will be bankrupt and no one working for them this time next year. Okay, so by the time we get into September next year, a lot of these very large firms will be 100% defunct because they rely basically on skimmed illegal money. So the Federal Reserve says they create a billion dollars. Well, they farm out 1 billion without telling us to all their buddies. But the fact that they've been doing that for so long and all of a sudden it comes to a stop.

All of these firms that are counting on that money being farmed out to them, as well as the fact that the money doesn't purchase what it should anyway, are in a world of hurt. And it's the bribery level that's going to be bringing down a lot of these very shaky institutions that basically rely on that hidden money to hoax up the books and get through year to year to year. And we're seeing it now. So a year from now, I don't think we'll have an ordinary election. I could see us having an election that was being supervised by some other authority like the US.

Military, right? I could see us having an election that was being supervised in a way that didn't rely on commercial products like Dominion and all of that sort of thing. And I'm saying that because the monetary system is going to be having such huge amounts of trouble between now and then. And we have this coming up, whatever this release language event is, right? So if we postulated it know a direct energy weapon attack on the Denver airport, right?

There's reasons to do that, to get at the stuff that's underneath the airport. Maybe that would be the deep state doing it, one part of the deep state against another part. Maybe it would be anti deep state people doing it. Who the hell knows, right? Because we're not being clued in as to who the participants are in this war.

But it will be something on that order where people will be able to tune in on the internet, probably even on regular TV and see particle beam weapons coming down, beating the absolute crap out of the Denver airport until it's just a smoking hole in the ground. That's what it's going to take to get these kind of numbers. And at that level, what's our response as a nation and so on and so on. Now I've got data sets that say that this coincidental, okay? So coincidental to this, all right, not as a direct outgrowth and not as a supporting feature, but coincidental to this.

Sometime in the future here like maybe two months or so, there's going to be a reaction within the generations that are in school now. And I got that data set before I did any of my numeric analyses. But the data sets were basically saying that sort of like the middle school and to high school level kids are going to get savvy to the war and a lot of them are going to get an attitude, okay? And this attitude is going to be hardened by the fact that there are a lot of them with the same attitude and they're going to start talking to their parents about the war. Their parents are going to start getting freaked out and starting to react because maybe the kid's right.

And also the kid's attitude is going to come back to bite the Biden regime in the sense that we're going to have according to my data sets, we're going to have full on, absolute counter insurrection in large school systems being run by the kids themselves. Okay? So the kids are going to be tired of all this queer the generation crap and there will be a hard line there. Those people that have adopted the queer the generation crap from the deep state, those kids are going to be a lot of them are going to be pulled back by the sheer size of the anti deep state group. And these kids are going to be savvy to who they're fighting.

So you'll start hearing the kids talk about the Km Kazarian mafia and they'll be able to differentiate the Kazarian mafia, they'll be able to tell you the history, they'll be able to point you to the Veterans Today articles that will detail anything you want to know about them. Yada, yada, yada. Right? And so this is going to start a ground up kind of a thing that's going to cause problems both with the parents as they try and react, but also more so with the school administrators. Because in the data sets it's saying a lot of these kids are just going to say go into the classroom and then every time the teacher says anything they're going to cat call, they're going to disrespect, they're going to throw out the truth, they're going to get up and cause problems.

Just basically not able to take the bullshit anymore. And so you'll see teachers running out of the classroom in tears, teachers totally freaking out because their socialism nonsense doesn't fly. They don't know why and that will be a large part of it. The data set said that the bewilderment the puzzlement on the part of the teachers and the administrators last for some months. A lot of them crashing and burning in that process in the sense that the data shows teachers resigning, administrators quitting, and that sort of basically have a rebellion in very large school districts to where the data would have it be that these school districts were more or less being operated by and under the control of the students themselves.

Not so much their parents even. It's just really strange guy. But that part right there takes us into 2024. So that's my kind of lead into 2024 in terms of the level of disruption we're going to be having here. Now.

Whatever it is that we get into here, I think that happens before the end of the year. Before the end of this year. It may happen further into the new year, but it just seems that the building tension levels are dropping too rapidly around in November to be able to sustain anything into the new year. So it looks like they get swamped at some point near the end of November. As I say, it could maybe take into January.

It's difficult to estimate, but that alone is going to be a reshaping of the social order at a level that the political powers had not anticipated at all. That's going to strike them right out of the blue. It's like what's going on over there? It's going to be really interesting I think it's going to be really so this is so interesting because there's so many layers to this. But while a lot of people are looking to what's happening with DC or politics or they're getting caught up in that level of the battle and they've now come to this conclusion that okay, maybe they're.

Saying, okay, the left has been infiltrated and taken over by the Communists, and they're trying to destroy America, which is different than just kind of left versus right. And I disagree with your policies. There's been this mass awakening towards that level, okay? The media is fake news. Big Pharma is out to harm us.

There's been that level of awakening. But what you're seeing is that the next level in the most significant awakening for the masses is to realize that there is a small group of evil psychopaths that are trying to control and kill the entire world. Things that you and I believe that we've kind of understood and awakened to, that when that realization hits the masses, that becomes the trigger point, that becomes the tipping point in which all of their systems start to fundamentally collapse. Because once you see things from that perspective, you see through the schools, you see through the media, through Hollywood in a way that you didn't before, and you will no longer go along with it because you know what's ultimately there. So that's what you're seeing as a gigantic it's almost as if 2024 from here, what you're saying is that 2024 is when the Great Awakening hits the mainstream and the entire structure that the deep state has of this world is shaken to the core.

I'd say 2024 over the process of 2024, the Great Awakening eats the deep state. It eats fake news, and we digest it the rest of that year and into 2025, and then we shit it out, okay? It's that level of stuff that's going on.

But the breakdown is concurrent with that. A lot of the breakdown stuff is leading people to a level of awareness, right? So it's the breakdown of things that allow them to see the Kazarian Mafia hand behind it. The Soros picked know, the defund, the police movement, which was paid for by George Soros, all of these kind of things. So the larger battle of the deep state versus
the populace will indeed emerge.

It'll emerge from an event here. Like I say, that's going to be eyes wide open kind of a thing, but it won't stop there, okay? So as we get into this larger awakening and people start seeing the Kazarian mafia and understanding how they work, then they're also going to have to face the idea of space aliens, okay? They're going to have to come to grips with that because it will be opened up by whatever this event is. Because you have to understand that everything that drives the Kazarian mafia is space alien oriented.

The Khazarian Mafia, Klaus Schwab, George Soros, all of these people in this inner group are not or descriptively. They are Jewish, okay? They're not Jewish in that religious sense. The way that your neighbor, who happens to be Jewish and goes to synagogue is religious. Their religion goes to the core of the Hebrew words that are in the Torah and those Hebrew words have no word for God in them.

The Torah has no word for Jew in there at all. It is a discussion, a description by the people who endured it, the people in Judea. It is a description of how to live with the El. The Elohim, the space aliens that came down and conquered them. These are the same Elohim that conquered the Khazarians and then were driven out or left for whatever reason, we don't know.

I'm speculating that there was a war between the Elohim and some other space aliens in India, and that the Elohim lost, and they were driven out of their Khazarian stronghold, which is in the northwest of India, and they went to Judea. But the Khazarians felt this huge thing of abandonment. And a lot of the literature within the Talmud, within the Zohar, which is this mystical aspect of Judaism, if you get into that, it's all about the abandonment of being the Khazarians and being abandoned by the El who left. And as I say, I think there was a war going on. The l got defeated.

They had to hightail it. They hid down in Judea, and they were modifying us genetically. So Klaus Schwab and his buddies at that level within the WEF that are truly the Khazarian Mafia, they think they have an extra bit of DNA. They think they are genetically modified. Okay?

And that that success in their genetic modification, it shocks them because they think it was successful. But then shortly thereafter, the l left and they started their genetic modification with the Essenes in southern Yemen, which they took to Judea. And those are the people of the Bible. That's Moses, Adam and Eve, all of these kind of people. It took the l 191 years to successfully create Adam, to successfully genetically engineer Adam.

It took them another, I think, eleven years to create Eve, and they had seven Eves that they discarded because they weren't acceptable to Adam. Okay? So these are the nature of the people that you're dealing with, the Khazarian Mafia. We're all genetically modified. All humans are.

Humans have 23 chromosomal pairs. And you can check me on all this science and go involve the real guys, like scientists, and they'll say, yeah, he's correct about that, but he's full of shit about all this alien stuff, right? But our chromosome pairs come down and set off into the chromosome, and we have 23 of these. What actually happened was in number two, it was expunged, it was cut out. Now, let me state something here factually.

No human biological engineer has ever inserted successfully a chromosome in any being. No human biological engineer has ever successfully inserted an effective gene in any being. Our genetic modification is called CRISPR, because it burns out genes. That's why it's crisped. It has a telltale residue that it leaves, that anybody that examines that genome can see.

That this was a Crisp critter, right? That this being that you're looking at that DNA had been through this genetic modification process where part of the genome was burned out. All humans on Earth that we've been able to assay have some level of this in their system. Usually it's number two has been burned out, and number three then becomes number two. And that's why we have 23 pairs instead of 24 pairs or 26 or 28, like all the other primates.

Okay? And here's the thing about the Khazarians. The Khazarians were done before the L got to their success with Adam and Eve. That really pisses off the Khazarian mafia that the Essenes were successful and the L really liked them. Okay?

Another thing about that was that the Khazarians, the burn, was only partially out. So the Khazarians have this little dongle, this little remnant of the old number two chromosome in their DNA. And you can actually determine who is Khazarian by examining the DNA and looking for this little stub. Okay? They think within their own internal understanding that this was an insertion.

And I dispute that. I think that it was just a bad burn job. So they think they have some extra DNA. Now, there's also another aspect of this. The source people for the Khazarians were Homo capensis, the Coneheads, the Rothschilds.

All of these great banking families are Coneheads. They have that capensis. And Homo capensis is another species. Homocapensis was concurrent with ancient humanity. And so when the L came down, they chose to work for the Khazarians on a Homocopensis variant that was Mongolian in nature, as are the Khazarians.

So the Khazarians have a Mongolian DNA set. There you go. Central Asia. Okay? And so they modified that.

And so you will see all of the Khazarians through history. First off, they're removing all of the paintings or the portraits of the Khazarians from the 800s all the way through to modern time from all the museums. They can find them because it points out that they're cone heads, right? They have the very tall, bald heads, even in the women. And they used to disguise it with these wrapped gossamer kind of fabrics and stuff.

And those were painted in. And so these paintings are being removed everywhere from museums because they know that people are starting to wise up. And this is something that they don't want to have happen, is for people to think, uhoh, we've got Ashkenazi Jews over here, but we've got coneheads over there that are the Khazarians. And they're not even human. They're not as human as we are.

They're not the same kind of human. Right? And so the Khazarians don't want that to happen, but it's happening in any event. So I'm giving you details you probably don't really care about here. But nonetheless, the genetic modification of this goes to and all of the space alien connections to the Khazarians are going to come out as part of this war.

And that elevates us up in terms of the awakening relative to humanity in a general sense, so that we won't as you say, our vision is going to enlarge, but our vision is going to enlarge, and it's not going to focus back on Earth 100%. So now we're going to get into this period of time where we're going to start focusing on the people that are living in the Moon. The moon is inhabited. It's inhabited now. It's been inhabited as long as there's been humans on this planet.

It may not be the people that are living there now. The beings that are living there now may not be the people that built it, though. We don't know. There's so much in the way of speculation about stuff we don't know about that, but we do know it's inhabited. We do know that they're very energetic at this point, and they've been extremely energetic about, I want to say, last six, seven months, and that there's just a really weird curiosity here.

So you remember the movie 2001 a Space Odyssey, right? And it starts off, they go to the moon and they dig, and they dig and they dig, and then they get that big black object, the obelisk, there. And then one morning, because it's uncovered, the sun comes up and the sunlight strikes it, and it sends off this message, right? Okay. So in that movie, they decided to go to the dig up that object, not just because they were out digging holes, but because that area of the Moon in the storyline had heated up unexpectedly.

It was just showing a sign of warmth that nobody could figure out why it was there. And so government decided, well, let's go look at it. Well, curiously, we've got a spot on the Moon that's just on the edge of the far side that we can't see that's heating up, and it's been doing so for, like, the last three or four weeks. There's some activity that we can measure down here that's going on under the surface of the Moon that's presenting us with different temperature gradients than we would usually see by some serious factor. So maybe they're who knows what they're doing there that would cause such a thing.

But the fact that our governments are aware of it means that they're going to be reacting to it at some point. And it is also curious that during this time we see the Indians landing on the South Pole and this kind of thing, right. So I think we're going to get into I don't know how much of the population will have it in their heads, but certainly by 2025 it'll be relatively common to come across conversations about people talking about what's going on with the beings on the Moon and maybe we'll actually have some kind of interaction with them at that point or be planning it. All right, folks, I've got a quick message for you. I have one simple question if today you could no longer go purchase more food for your family with the food stores that you have in your home, how long would you be able to feed your family?

Would it be a week? Three weeks? A month? Two months? A year?

This is a really important question, folks, that we have to be very realistic about, because the elites are proactively trying to put us into a state of food crisis and a state of famine. I'm sure you've seen all of the different food processing
plants and farms that are blowing up. We've got cattle dying by the tens of thousands. They're proactively trying to collapse our food system because they know if they can control our food, they can control us. And so one of the best ways to be outside of their control is to be able to have our own stores of food and to be able to produce our own food.

So there's really two things I would recommend. One is having heirloom seeds that you can grow your own food with. Making sure, though, that they're non GMO heirloom seeds. That that way you can harvest your seeds this year, use them next year. You can use these seeds for generations, literally.

It's how it will work. The other thing, though, is this high quality storable food. This is food that's sitting somewhere. It's hidden in your basement, buried in your backyard, whatever it is. So that way, if there is a crisis, if there is an emergency, you might have three months set aside to get through that time period.

And so for this, I would highly recommend a company called Heaven's Harvest. This is an amazing, Christian owned patriot company. And what they're doing is they're making high quality storable food. Again, a lot of the food companies, they say these food buckets, they're all about maximizing calories per dollar. They're filling the buckets with a bunch of filler and junk like sweet beverages, et cetera.

But Heaven's Harvest, they focus on very high quality food that will last up to 25 years on the shelf. They also sell heirloom seeds. You can buy all of your seeds. You can buy all of your storable food. And look, folks, personally, I would recommend having at least three months per person in your household, if not six months or even a year.

Again, depends on your budget. But I would definitely make sure you have some seeds, because those seeds could be worth their weight in gold, if not more in the future. So to go ahead and do this right now, go open up a new tab and go to Heavensharvest.com. And if you use the promo code Seth, that's S-E-T-H promo code Seth, you'll save 15% off of your entire order. So again, folks, the time is running out, and you'd rather be three months or one year early than one day late.

Again, Heavensharvest.com and use promo code Seth to save 15% today. So things are really, I mean, just the next twelve to 24 months, we're going to see society change in a fundamental way, which I guess makes sense because our society is what it is, because it's the shadow on the wall in Plato's cave. That's what we see our society as when the fire goes out and the handlers that are making the shadows are no longer there and we emerge from the cave, everything about the way of life that we remember will be.

So let's go back to Plato for a second, okay? A lot of our references such as Plato's cave and the Dionysi's discourses and stuff, those originate out of the Yuga, okay? So this is a true fundamental thing that affects humans. Humans are not the same always over time. Humans on Earth, this happens because the Earth wobbles up and down relative to the broad mass of the galactic center.

And so if we were to look into galactic center, we would see a bubble with all this emanations coming on out, and then we would see this big obscuring mass of all the stars and the planets and all the rest of the galaxy there. And we're out here going like this with our solar system around the edge of the galaxy. When we get up into here, outside this obscuring mass in these areas here, we get more galactic center emanations, various different kinds of radiation. We've had two different kinds of radiation that we've discovered impacting Earth since about 1996 or so. In any event, though, so humans actually change over time.

Now, when we are obscured, that's the Kali Yuga. We're not getting very much of these galactic center emanations coming through the mass. They're being absorbed by all the stars and all of that, and so we're kind of dim. Okay, so Plato's cave and all of the great thinkers of the past are really standout people because they stood out from the mass of otherwise dim individuals, which will always happen. You'll always have that big spread of humanity, but that big spread will have more geniuses as we go forward because we're going to get more emanations out of the galactic center.

So next generation will be born, in general, smarter than this generation, et cetera, et cetera, for some 10,000 plus years in the Kaliyuga. Our understanding is so limited that we now outside of the Kaliyuga by 325 years. Getting into our 326th year outside of it need to stop referencing that as though it is the end all and be all of human thinking, okay? Plato could not have conceived ideas that we hold in our head now relative to the natural world, let alone technology and any of that kind of stuff, right. Because his mind could not have coped with it.

In the Kali Yuga, the height of technology is a donkey for transportation or a sailboat. Okay? So that gives you some concept of where we had been. So I don't accept the idea that we should take the great thinkers of the past as being necessarily a guide for ourselves. And then here's something else.

As we came out of the kali yuga, as we were even in it from maybe the one one hundreds, okay? So it ended in 1698, but maybe from the 100s onward, with the rise of the Khazarian mafia, they took over what we would laughingly call science. And in taking over science, they pegged it to this weird idea that is the core of our physics now. And we had to abandon that core in order to work with electricity through leclerc, Maxwell, through heavyside, through tesla, all of these people abandoned the core. They didn't even think about this the way that the Khazarians do, okay?

But the Khazarians and all of our science has this idea that if you take enough sand, enough grit, and you mash it together in the appropriate way, it will achieve consciousness somehow. Okay? So basically, their whole science, our physics, our astrophysics, our deep physics, the large hadron collider, all of these things are based on the idea that consciousness arises from grit and that the grit exists. So, in other words, if all life were to disappear, the Khazarians have this view that reality would still exist with planets and stars and all of that kind of thing, right? And there'd still be dirt.

And even if all there's no bacteria, no plant life, no human life, no life at all, they're saying that dirt would still be here, that grit would still exist in the form of planets and so on. And that is not true, okay? That whole premise is a false premise that has diverted all of our science into a way that's impractical, and we have to bust out of it in order to achieve the engineering success that we have with tesla, maxwell, et cetera, right? Okay? So that's a fake understanding of reality, and it leads to a dead end.

It leads to the einstein quantum mechanics that has held us in stasis for over a hundred years. We've had no significant inventions since tesla. We've had incremental increases in efficiency in our inventions, but no significant inventions since tesla. And it's because we're operating on this quantum mechanics idea that nobody can reconcile, because it's impossible to reconcile the idea that you can get enough sand together to eventually have it become consciousness. And that's at the core of their thinking.

So here's the deal. There's a few radical scientists out there and the wu people that understand that consciousness existed. And consciousness created the grit. It created what we call here reality, our materium, okay? It created matter and stuck parts of itself in the matter.

You, myself, your dog, the bacteria, we're all living consciousness that's been stuck in the matter. Now, I have a theory as to why it did that, and a lot of people think I'm crazy about this, but I think it did that to try and discover novelty, because it's setting out there bored. Consciousness is everything, knows everything. It's all for all time, and it's bored. And then it has this idea that itself was new, and the idea was, could it create novelty?

And from the point that consciousness got the idea that it could create something it did not know about, it had to have an experiment. We are that experiment. So my viewpoint is that all of reality is ontologically created, right? The consciousness pushed aside a space within itself and created this material that we're in manufactured this illusion of matter and stuck our consciousness interacting with this illusion in order that stuff may happen and hopefully stuff that it could not conceive of happening so that it would have the shock of the new that rush of oh, my God, look at that. Right?

It would have release language. That's my understanding of why it did that. I have a lot of reasons to suspect and to be able to prove that it did indeed do that, that we are in fact ontologically downward, not grit upward. And that makes a huge difference in our science. And so we're going to abandon a lot of the science, especially from Einstein onward, as being really bogus.

And I think we'll also abandon a lot of the Kaliyuga thinking as being just that. Oh, well, that's so know you were so dense back then. That was the best you could do.

Interesting. Which really kind of goes in line with this mass awakening. So looking at kind of jumping in. I got so many questions here still, but I guess okay, one thing this is kind of looking at more of the kind of more immediate. In 2024, you've talked about how basically the current regime will have run out of power, run out of money, run out of their ability to keep the people within this delusion that allows them to stay in power.

So how do you think Trump fits into this? Because obviously they're
trying everything possible to take him, and we don't even know how many assassination attempts there have been. I'm sure there have been plenty. But do you think that something happens where he steps back in? Is he elected back in?

Does he just kind of disappear from the political scene? I mean, what are your thoughts on that? No. Okay, so if human politics are really weird and you can have all the data focusing on one thing and a different outcome arises, usually it's not the opposite. It would be something at 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees.

Right. So I think there's going to be a 90 degree emergence of some form. All right, how do I want to phrase I think that we have Trump in our future, and I think that we have a very I got to be careful about the choice of word. Okay, so there will be disharmony, but it won't be disharmonus, okay? We will have upset and we will have vast quantities of change.

But in the main, I think it's going to be a change towards a legitimate kind of a progress. So I do see Trump coming back, but I don't see us having the election under the current regime kind of understanding of those sorts of things. So maybe the military would come in and we'd have an election all in a day and Trump would be reelected and then we would set off on this. That does not change things, right? So even with Trump running things and even with all of us pulling together, starting to become more cohesive, starting to address our own problems and starting to re engineer our social order from the bottom up, which I do see in the data, okay?

And that's another area of discussion. But even with all of that, it does not change the fact that we will be at war. We will be in a war with the deep state that will go on for some period of time, even if we really can't figure out who's the enemy at the moment kind of a thing, right?

I think 2024 marks that point where we step over the threshold and whether we're dealing with the space aliens that year or not, we are preparing for that such that our social order is not allowed to ever go back. We won't be going back to the idea of isolated Earth, of humanity alone. And that has hugely profound implications for all different kinds of things within our social order. So it will become necessary that anybody that is a Christian examine Christianity and their relationship with it as it comes out that Christianity based on the Old Testament is based on dealings with the Elohim. Who are these space alien oppressors that came down and genetically modified us and have abused us and are adrenochrome addicts and they killed so many?

So the Elohim people, those aliens were also the ones in Mesoamerica. There's reasons to suspect that that group split themselves and part of them came over to mesoamerica for a while and messed about with the Aztecs and the Mayans. In some of the discussions there, as well as allusions to it in weird places. In Ancillary books in the Talmud, for instance, you come to an understanding that they were so addicted to adrenochrome that they at one point had a staggering 10,000 individuals killed in a single 24 hours period in order to free the adrenal glands and burn them such that these guys could huff them. Now, I have reason to think that maybe they're huffing the adrenochrome because of a lack of the galactic emanations.

Right? I think that the L originated much closer to Galactic center than we did and that they deliberately come out here as a predatory species because they know we're in our Kali Yuga and they can take advantage of us. I don't think they're great thinkers. I think they're truly horrific beings. If you read the Old Testament, word for word as it is actually written, you see these horrible crimes like the Archangel Michael being interrupted in some activity and taking his finger and pushing it right through the head of the person that interrupted him and killing him dead.

And then because he was annoyed, going and killing all of the family. So these are the beings that we're dealing with. So the people that have these beings as their gods are going to have to interact with that relationship with themselves and with their religion and with their gods. And they won't have any choice in the matter because all this will be coming out especially as regard to space aliens. So what does the appearance of our officialdom and our general social order discussing beings on the moon do to your religion?

Right? If you're Christian, if you're Jew and everybody around you is talking about factually, looking up and seeing the beings on the moon and people putting out channels on YouTube showing what happened last night like the 05:00 news on what the moon is going what they're doing up there, that's going to fundamentally alter your relationship with your religion, no matter how secure it is. And then you get in and you start looking at all the religions on the planet, with very few exceptions, are based on these space aliens. Hinduism to some extent Buddhism, because it has so much Hinduism in it. Although I don't think Buddha personally was influenced by the space aliens and is too further on.

But Muhammadism, okay, muhammad received the Quran from a space alien in a cave. That space alien was the Archangel Michael. He was one of the last El on this planet and he left with that last group. So Muhammad ism, is based on that interaction with the Archangel Michael, which we now know was one of the Elohim and was a space. So so we're going to have a real comeuppance relative to our past now, especially understanding that all these religions originate in the Kali Yuga, so know when we are not really that swift and they can come down and take advantage of us.

So we've got a few hundred years of real work here going through all of this, right?

So I want to talk a little bit about banking. This is one of the big topics I had that I wanted to cover with you because you had talked in a lot of ways predicted what happened earlier this year with the bank collapses that we saw happen. If you look at the amount of money that's been pulled out of the banking system in the past, I think a year or two, it eclipses what happened in 2008. I mean, it's a massive amount of money that's leaving the banking system now. Of course, the official narrative is that everything's fine and the recession is the recession worries.

Have passed and everything, but all the information I'm seeing kind of points to a very different scenario, that we're really on the edge of a pretty bad period. So what do you kind of foresee, or how do you look at the current situation with the banking system and how do you see it unfolding over the next six months or so? Over the next six months, we'll take a very large hit. Maybe it'll be a third of the major banks will fail. Okay?

You're alluding to money being taken out of the banking system. And that has this interesting ancillary effect, because we have fractional reserve. So every time somebody comes in and takes money out and we'll just call it the Rockefellers or the Rothschild Bank or the Federal Reserve, it doesn't matter any of the central banks, but you put money in, you put $100 in, they get to keep loaning out, because they count that as a fraction. And they have all these multipliers times ten, times 20, et cetera. And you get out to the point where you're dealing with derivatives flat out, you might be dealing with a magnification of 100 times that right there.

So anytime you come in and you withdraw that, you're collapsing all of those ripples that are based on that amount. Now, if I take my $100 out of the bank, it actually doesn't mean that they have to pony up this money, but it does mean they don't have that support for that continuing fractional reserve system. And so much money has come out that it's actually affected the functioning of a lot of these central banks. And so we're hearing rumors about the cracks in the Rothschild empire. Now, there's another aspect to this.

When the Central Bank creates money, bear in mind, okay, so we have a Central Bank. All these central banks are Rockefeller Rothschild banks. They've been imposed on us by law. We must deal with them, and they have never, ever been audited. And they're not subject to any audit.

So when they say that they've got $100 in here, maybe they don't have that. Maybe they've lied, maybe there's only $1 in there. But regardless, whatever they think they have in there, they are always lying on every one of these layers, putting out. And so they will put out 20 times your $100, and then they'll do another 20 times your $100 that they're just passing out to their friends, because it all spends the same. You don't know that those are bogus dollars.

And so our system is so hugely corrupted, so hugely polluted, because they've been doing this for over 100 years, that it is not auditable any longer. We would not have enough time to be able to go back through and see who did what with money, at what point. And so what I suspect will happen is that the events that we're undergoing now, independent of that and not part of that driving release language. This would only maybe double our usual deviation, but we'll see major collapses at like, tier one banks. And we're seeing that now rumors of that with the Rothschild empire.

And we're seeing this now rumors of disquiet in Vanguard and BlackRock because they live on this float, right? And they're not able to do what they want anymore because so much money is coming out of the system and going elsewhere. Gold, silver, Bitcoin, whatever, as long as it's not in dollar form or as long as it's not in fiat currency, it's out of their system. So I suspect that the bank collapse that we're going to have over these, like, next, I want to say before the
end of January, okay, so it'll appear sometime before then. We should have it bubbling up in the background.

That's going to be the start of a chain of events that will continue through 2024, that will be going ongoing as we are continuing on, such that every month for 2024, it'll become noticeable that your money is worth less than the month before, and that previous, and that the month you're just going through. So in January and then February, you'll see that there's more bank failures in February than there were in January. There's more disruption. You'll become more aware of it, and it'll just keep going on and on and on such that it is a continuing annoyance in your life as you go forward. Now, I do not expect the banking system to recover.

There are those people that suggest that the Federal Reserve will save itself and allow the other fiat currencies to die off. Now that we have gold and oil and energy backed rubles and so on and so on, I don't think that that's going to occur. All right? So I do not think that the Federal Reserve will be able to save itself. So I think that we're going to have to go through a very difficult process here, which would be reintroducing legal tender, legal money within the United States.

That probably because it'll be backed by something solid, probably will not be allowed to be used outside the country.

That was the way the ruble was managed against us way back when, during the Soviet period of time, right? They had a very effective, strong money inside. You couldn't buy anything. They had no goods. But that was a secondary issue.

Their money was solid because it was not allowed to be diluted and didn't go outside the country. So we'll have to put some kind of rules and that sort of thing on there. But think of what this is going to do as that occurs, just these initial banking collapses. We're going to see a lot more information come out because people won't be being bribed anymore. And so they're going to say, okay, you're not paying me anymore, so I'm going to dump out all of these photos I've got of you strangling that guy or whatever the hell, right?

So there'll be a lot of that as the banking system unravels and that'll contribute to more banking system unraveling because a lot of that is blackmail that's been used to hold and stitch the system together. So we're truly at the end days of that system. I think that's great. I think it's a nasty period to live in, but in terms of we're going to suffer, but the end result is good, the direction is good, and I don't see anything other than good coming from the fact that we will suffer here. And in that sense, we will have purification and we will have suffered for our sins in undoing all of this kind of stuff, right?

Our inattention and allowing all this stuff to occur, et cetera, et cetera. So we'll have to undo all of that as we focus our attention back into our own money system and understand where it goes. And we're going to have to educate people. Our school system is going to be upended because of this, because look at how much of it is dependent on subsidies through the federal government. That's how they control the school system.

That's going to break down when they can't get out the subsidies anymore. And you'll see a lot of the school systems where the administrators, as I was saying, will resign because the kids are in rebellion because they don't want to be taught this horseshit that doesn't do them any good the rest of their lives. And basically it's the great awakening where you're just not putting up with the bullshit anymore. And as the Kazarian mafia and the central bank and all the bankers that's all they have is purveyors of bullshit, we're about to leave them in the dust of history. It won't be a fun time, though.

What do you think happens to gold and silver amidst this banking collapse and this kind of end of these fiat currencies? They go to Unobtainium. Okay. So we'll see a brief period of time where there will be nominal dollar amounts. You'll see silver rising to the point where it eventually becomes worth the same amount or more than gold, but it'll be meaningless, okay?

Because you won't be able to. A, you wouldn't want to sell your silver or gold for fiat dollar bills, and there wouldn't be anybody around to sell to that had those kind of dollars, right? We're going to go through that sudden crash of a monetary system. That the same kind of thing that existed here in the 1930s that led places like Tonino, this little town over in Thurston County, to come up with wooden, nickels, wooden currency because there was no circulating currency. So that's what we're going to run into.

Once people stop taking your card, then you got to go to the bank and then you get paper money, and then you go back to the store and they say, no, I don't want that. We can't do anything with that. And that's what we're headed to, I actually expect. All right, so under those circumstances, if we were to arrive at that point where the people are rejecting the fiat currency within the commercial system in the United States, that I think could be the prompt for a resurgence of the military and the reemergence of Trump, okay? So bear in mind something that is factual.

Trump was asked to run.

Okay? You rarely hear people talk about that. Trump was a Democrat way back in the day, right? He's not a commie. So the Democrats left him.

They became leftists and commies, and he would never have associated with them in any event. But Trump was asked to run. And so that begs the question, who asked Trump to run? Okay? And so in my opinion, a group of individuals that I've stylized since 2001 as a self organizing collective asked Trump to run.

And I think that that self organizing collective is in the main military and has a certain attitude about also, it's my opinion, and I could be quite wrong about this, of course, about any of know wildly speculative. No one confirms know military doesn't talk to me. FBI follows me, and the officialdom shadows me and gives me a lot of heat, but they don't come and chat. Right? So I'm basing this on observation and some level of acumen, but I'm of the opinion that those individuals say there were a bunch of generals, right?

Whoever it was that asked Trump to run, I think they were motivated by something that we have yet to see emerging into our reality here that will ultimately I think that they were prompted by information that they had about people on the moon. Okay? So I think there was something external to Earth that prompted these guys to say, okay, they started getting together. I think they started getting together in 63, november 23, the day after they shot Kennedy. I think this sock formed.

I think they were nascent ahead of that. I think that there were some elements of it that gathered in 1957, but in 63, they formed up. And since that period of time, all of the members within that socket, the control level, in my opinion, have become aware of this external to Earth and external to humanity pressure that is being put on all of us, even if us guys don't recognize it or know it yet, it's being put on them. And so they've come to the point where they said, okay, the money's collapsed. This is projection.

I'm projecting that sometime in the next few months, they'll come to the point where they'll say, okay, the money's collapsed. The deep state isn't going to be able to maintain the Biden regime. It's all falling apart. And this kind of thing, now is our time to emerge. When they do emerge, there will necessarily be a focus here in the United States rebuilding getting the social order back together and stuff.

But I bet you there's this underlying current that goes through there that we're doing all of this stuff not just because it's the good thing to do, but because we need to do it, because there's something pending and we've got to get our shit together in order to face that pending occurrence. And I think it's the interaction with what I term the other space aliens in some form. And so basically, looking at the military as an example and even talking to General Flyn who's become a friend in this process, it's easy to look at the military and think you look at General Milley and all the different characters in it and think, oh gosh, it's just completely compromised. I'm not going to depend on them. And when push comes to shove, the ones that would have been protecting the Constitution were forced out from the vaccine mandates and they've done a great job of calling the military and just keeping the ones that are going to be following whatever orders come down from Biden.

But you think that there's a strong opposition to that that could perhaps play a significant role in helping to really to remove this communist scourge from our country. So I spent the first 17 years of my life as a military brat, so I've seen this from the inside, right? I've grown into this. And so it's true of any war, when we get into the first part of the war, the first thing we do is to shed all the generals and a lot of the colonels that are basically useless, that are just there for their pensions, et cetera, right? We always have a big level of resignations of generals and functioning colonels prior to getting into any kind of actual combat.

And you'll see that this always precedes the actual emergence of that conflict. So we were shedding generals in 1940 and 1941 in anticipation of going into World War II, right? The same thing happened with 1910 relative to the war emerging in 1913. The same thing happened in the 1950s prior to Korea, but it didn't happen quite the same because we were just coming out of World War II. We had yet to build up this, what everybody calls the civilian military, which are the
guys that want to be diplomats, want to put on the uniforms and have the chauffeurs and all of that, but have never really done anything, right.

They're not really functionaries. And the military operates, whether it's the Navy or the army, I'm asserting the Air Force and even the Space Force operate on this. And that is that you have non comms, right, non commissioned officers. That's really where the power of all militaries lie. Officers lead, but it's non commissioned officers that manage everything.

And so you will see, if you wanted to go in, it won't come out for a while, but I bet you there are whole units within our military that had no vaccine, the non comms would not have it operational. And so I know personally, I have met Navy guys that went against orders prior to Korea in order that they might be able to get what they needed for their ship and their crewmate because they knew they were going to be deployed in like eight months, right? And so no, they weren't coasting, they weren't decommissioning, they were stashing toilet paper, they were stashing ammo, everything they could do to get what their people would need. And that's just the way the non comms are even today. It's that way, right?

They have a personal interest basically in keeping themselves and their people alive when the shit hits the fan and they can see that that fan blade's turning and stuff's going to happen. So I think that there is that core within our military. And you could ask General Flynn about his impression of some of these hardcore noncoms. But I know that there are whole units, I don't know how large, so I know there's companies, I don't know if it extends up to battalions or regiments in the main because that's a lot of individuals, three and 5000, right? But there are whole units where they signed all the forms and said the shots were given and they were just shit canned.

They just threw them right away. So that kind of rebellion, that kind of insubordination existed and it'll be those units that will emerge. Bear in mind Cheyenne Mountain was shut up, nobody's come out since. This is when COVID first emerged, right? Trump says you know something about because of caution we need to do this.

And so we've got areas of our military that are isolated from what's going on relative to COVID and the shots and all of that kind of thing. I expect this stuff to change very rapidly. The nature of warfare is different now. So people say, oh the United States Army is so decimated and they can come and take us over easily and so on. The fact of the matter is that, yeah, we've got lots of troops that are ill, the shots did damage to millions and our military is in a shambles.

But mostly warfare is not going to be waged anymore by people with carbines and people marching around, okay? That's just not the nature of warfare anymore. It's drones, it's energy weapons, et cetera, et cetera. So you don't have to move vast quantities of men in order to accomplish your strategic or otherwise goals. You need a hardcore, relatively small group of very technically proficient people in order to achieve great things.

So maybe let's say that there was a drone or a series of drones that were used to do okay to take out lahaina and that it was not a satellite, that it was just drone. So they actually had to have a crew somewhere that fueled the drone, put the batteries in, checked them, all of that kind of stuff, right? So maybe there were a hundred people involved in doing the hit on Lahaina, the actual work. There were two or three that made the decision. There were committees that decided what they're going to do.

They told Oprah and all their friends to be able to piggyback on all of this. That's just the way this thing works. But maybe there were only 100 people that actually did it under those circumstances. We're in a new kind of warfare. So if you want to see an example of this warfare, go and look at the picture of the 911 towers turning to rubble as they fell, okay?

That was a directed energy weapon, it was not shaped charges. There's no other mechanism on this planet that causes that to occur. And the dust tells us that by the way, because directed energy weapons do things to cement and so on that you can find out later. And so again, how many people were involved in bringing down the towers. So we're looking at a mass of the population against a relatively small number.

That relatively small number knows they're small in number and they have no protection once their cover is blown. Once we all look at them, we're getting to that phase. Now it will go from in my opinion, it'll go sweep through the upper echelon and then something will happen. Somebody will be a whistleblower or something and will get documentation. This particular person, this particular corpsman pushed a button that caused Lahaina to disappear.

And maybe he was ignorant, maybe he didn't know that pushing that button because maybe his screen was showing him a game that he had to solve and was part of his training. He doesn't know, he can't tell, he's just working off of a screen. But it'll come down to that point where somebody's name will come on out as having been associated with pushing a button on some of these tasks for the deep state. And then those people will start committing suicide, being disappeared or being confronted on the street or whatever. And at that point when you see that start happening, then you know that we're in that last end game relative to this part of the deep state, to their actual ability to functionally move us around.

And then it's going to be really weird because we won't have government, we won't have officialdom, because bear in mind, all of our lives, even all of my life, okay? The first early part of my life, it wasn't as true as from the 60s on, but from the 60s on all of our social order has been guided in a particular direction continuously and all the fringe people were gathered up and pushed back into that direction continuously by the deep state. We were never allowed to fractional and go off and do all of these things, right? So now we're going to come up to the point where without government control, people will be doing all kinds of stuff that had been shoehorned away from their you know, people were starting to think about going to the moon so they had to create NASA in order to control it, right? So maybe we'll have a lot more private moon expeditions.

Who knows what's going to happen here. And it is this busting open of the control that is going to be the really strange part for all of us. So imagine this situation.

You're sitting there on your porch in the evening and just kicking back and a spaceship comes down and a little me and it sits down there. It's sitting out in your yard. You're all a little freaked out, you don't know what to do. The dog's barking, but you don't run away and door opens up and out comes this being and it says seth, Seth, we've been watching, we've been watching. Love your work.

Can we sit down and chat? And that is official contact, okay? Because they don't want to talk to government. They don't want to have anything to do with official. So we have this in our heads that when the space aliens come here they're going to want to stop in DC and talk to Biden or Pelosi.

No, it won't work that way. So our interaction with the space aliens is not going to be through the layer of humanity that we call government. And once that occurs, government becomes superfluous. We don't need them anymore in any way, shape or form. A, we're going to be smarter because of the galactic center stuff, but we'll also be interacting with the aliens and we'll get a lot of tips for doing things that now require government.

And we won't have to do that because, well, for one thing, government's going to collapse because they won't have the fiat to fund themselves anymore. And that's going to cause all kinds of problems in and of itself as all these uselessly educated people. We've got to reeducate them. We've got to find something for them to do, right? Everybody that's got a degree in gender studies has got to go back to college to learn something fundamental and factual and productive.

So basically we've got to reeducate a whole generation, maybe two. A lot of them will unfortunately die because they took the shots. We're going to see a big wave of that. There is a two and a half year crest. So two and a half years after you take the shot, it appears that a number of people are fine for two and a half years and then they just keel over.

So we're going to see a big wave of that appear. People even now are starting to say about how I took the shot and I regret it.

Just like with my thing here, we've had a 13 times standard deviation in our work productivity as reported by Department of labor. So if you go and look at the statistics. We're running 13 times the standard deviation in the impact on our labor force. This was why they intended to bring up 40 or 50 million people from Africa, Latin America, et cetera, is because they're estimating that we'll have about 45 to 50 million people die. And we're well on the weight of that with just the disabled list, right?

So there's a lot of people that are just dropping out of the labor force that have not yet died and in fact they're now consuming more resources because they're involving themselves with the medical profession to try and stay alive from having taken the shot, right? And so it was the estimate on the parts of the deep state that we were going to need 40 to 50 million new workers. Now they're going about it in order to maintain the Biden regime and that kind of thing. And it's not organized, but it is factual that our labor force has been really hit. We won't be able to recover
it with the people that we have now.

We're going to have to reorganize ourselves to accommodate this. And so maybe that's going to be more robotics available. Maybe we're just going to stop doing a lot of things just because of the lack of the people involved. You just can't get a crew to do something, therefore you just don't do it. And we have to focus on different things for the rest of my life, but also for the rest of the generations that have been affected by this pandemic.

And so that would take us out to 2036 or so and then we'll have a clean generation from that point on. So between now and say, 2036, we will be reorganizing. And then from 2036 onward, you'd be able to say, okay, our society is going to sort of look like this for the foreseeable future, but we're in this all frothy period that we just don't know. We can't tell because there's so much that's been damaged by the attack of the deep state on us pretty soon. Okay?

So I've seen the early signs manifesting in reality and I termed it way back when, as these people won't be able to walk down the street. Okay? And we're seeing that Bill Gates got into a limousine and his limousine was harassed by people that were extremely angry and shouting. And had he been outside of that limousine, probably even though it was in England and they're very restrained, probably he would have suffered some level of ruffianism know, I don't think they would have slugged him because they're, you know, they would have been expressing unkind anger at him and he would not have liked that. He didn't like being in the car.

I'm certain it's going to get really bad for these people and it'll go really quickly as the banks go to the point I'm actually expecting individuals to act out. Right? I expect we'll find out later that some of these individuals have been vaxxed and are just taking out their anger on the people that they see as being the cause of their particular problem. And I say it's an ugly time. Those of us that survive this are going to be really hard sons of bitches, and that's going to be required because we have to stand up as rock solid, I mean, like as iron spine in dealing with these space aliens.

And that part is coming. So the final question I had as we round out is just what are the basic things that people should do heading into this stage of the big ugly of this massive change? The collapse of currency, social unrest, whether it's financial, whether they're staying in the dollar or not, food, living. I know it could be a very broad discussion. What are a few kind of key points, though?

No, it comes down to a very simple concept self reliancy. Okay? So you can't count on anybody else. You can't count on money. You can't count on an infrastructure dependent on that money.

So you are now self reliant. If you don't know how to do it, you're going to have to figure out how to do it. The good news is you don't have to do like I did in my youth. You don't have to go and spend hours a day in a state library to research this stuff. You can still do it online.

I expect our electronic infrastructure to still exist and be effective, and this will seriously aid people because it's going to be the most intense research effort ever undertaken by humanity, in the broad sense, in any time in our past and probably anytime in our future for a great while, because there is a need here. And so you've got to become self reliant. So if you don't know how to do it and you need to do it, you better figure out how to do it, better research it, and every time you make a move. So the big, ugly part of this is that once the banking system collapses, once we get into this idea that everybody understands we're at war and there's no longer a stable footing and so on, then you're at that. Point where you say, oh, jeez, I'm dependent on this bank, so I'd better figure out how to get my money out, how to store it, because the Fiat won't exist.

It's already degrading. Okay, so maybe you're going to buy Bitcoin. Well, then maybe you better figure out how to run a Bitcoin wallet and so you can't rely on people. So you got to go and learn this online and try it and test it and so on, such that you are comfortable being self reliant. And a lot of people are not, and a lot of people want to only take direction.

And so there's going to be a lot of histrionics. If you are. A self reliant person. You're going to come to this point where you're going to have to shove people away because they're going to deplete your resources with their needs and they are not going to be offering anything back. And you are going to be in the position where your resources are going to be stretched pretty thin.

And so you're going to have to say to yourself, I can't support you guys. You're just going to have to do it on your own, right? This is going to be a very difficult and testing time. But as I say, all of the people that come through it are going to be some serious humans, some really stand up people, right? Universe makes us.

And universe has decided that we need to harden up. So there's hope. There's hope. I'm a hopeful person. I'm not negative at all because I know that the functioning of the Kali Yuga and so forth, I'm very optimistic because I know the next generation will be born smarter than the existing one and so on and so on and so on.

And at some point I'll die and then I'll come back. Maybe I'll come back 2000 years, right? I'll be coming back in the ascending stage. So it's going to be really cool. Maybe I'll get my floaty RV.

There you go. Well, as we wrap up, I want to direct people to your substac. It's just cliffhigh substack.com. This is where I go. You've got all your everything you publish comes through here that I'm seeing and also just following you on Twitter, I guess.

X as Cliff Underscore high. I'll put those links below. And so do you have any kind of final thoughts as we wrap up?

Well, I worry about people, so now's the time to get off our butts and get it done. We don't have to really rush out. We've got to pace ourselves. We're in for the long haul. But as I say, I'm very optimistic.

Things are getting better by the day, even though we're in the midst of the chaos, even in Lahaina. The more they push, the more they fight, the more they're wearing down the deep state and they will achieve their agree? I agree. Well, Cliff, thank you so much. I know you're very busy and I really appreciate you taking the time to speak with me.

And just thank you for doing what you're doing and for being here today. All right, folks, I hope you enjoyed that interview. We're now going to be jumping into an economic update with Dr. Kirk Elliott. Kirk, as usual, it's so good to have you on, man.

Thank you so much for being here. It is so great to be with you. As usual. It really admittedly, we just got over this holiday weekend and we just finished this massive move. So my head has been on packing boxes and dealing with trying to park giant U Hauls and trailers.

So I haven't been following what's happening with the financial stuff, aside from following what's happening with the real estate market and then a lot of the things going on with bricks, but I know that you have. So walk us through what's going on right now. Well, lucky for you that you've been moving. You're never going to hear those words again because you'd be sad if you were watching the news. It's not good, brother.

It's not good. So just be thankful that you're unpacking boxes and you haul and everything. So but anyway, so there's been a lot of gaslighting, I would say, from Biden over the last couple of months about how great his economy is, right? And I started thinking about this during the BRICS meetings, when they were having the BRICS meeting, because two different types of communicators, putin and Biden, right? So Putin speaking from this posture of power and confidence.

And to me, it's not the narcissistic, smug, arrogant Putin, right? It's like when you know something that's coming down the road and you know that it's going to happen, you can speak from a point, a posture of power versus it's human nature if you're telling a lie, that you're not going to have very confident approach to your conversation, right? So when Biden talks about, oh, look, look how great the economy is under me, look at how many jobs that we're creating when there's absolutely job losses, look at all the gross domestic product and how it's growing and how we're so robust, right? And look at all this stuff, this advances that we're making, and they're all absolute lies, right? So you can't really understand a lot of what he says anyways, but even if you could, it's coming from a point of weakness, right?

So that's where you look at it. And so when I was watching this BRICS meeting and Putin standing up there and saying all this stuff, and sure enough, by the end of the BRICS meeting, six of the nine largest oil producers in the world are going to be part of BRICS. They've got 31% of global production GDP versus 30% for the G seven nations. They know what they have is something big, and they just made it bigger by basically taking away the petrodollar, right? So now when you've got Biden just basically talking about lies, it's just no confidence, sadly, in anything.

And I'm not trying to be political about it, right? I'm just saying, when he's speaking, there's just no confidence in it. He was in East Palestine the other day, being interviewed and saying, Why aren't you I mean, people there are ticked, right, because of the train wreck and the spill and everything that happened a while ago, and why aren't you helping? And his answer was so awful. There's people there that are dying, they're sick, they're hurt, right?

The economy is in shambles. And he said,
Well, I don't know if you've noticed, but I've been busy traveling all over the world. It's like, what? That's your answer? That you've been busy and traveling all over the world?

And then he named a few countries and it's like your people are hurting in your own country. Knock it off, stay home, help. Right? But maybe it's better than he doesn't help. Because whenever the government tries to help anything, it makes it kind of worse.

But anyways, his lie. So the economy is growing, right? So I pulled up this article. It's an older one, but it really paints a picture of the biden economy because this know, during the artificial intelligence OpenAI chat, GPT, this whole big tech movement that's been going on for the last nine months, that we're moving in that direction. I mean, look at Nvidia, just this poster child for amazing stock success, right?

Because they've got artificial intelligence and they're creating the chips that allow this to happen. So you would think that all of these tech giants with this big huge next wave that's going to engulf the global economy, that they'd be booming, busting at the seams, hiring everybody that they possibly can. But take a look at this list right now. It was published first in January, updated in March. It's a little bit dated, but the numbers are actually getting worse, not better, right?

So amazon 27,000 jobs cut. It's a lot of jobs, right? Meta, 21,000 jobs cut. Alphabet, that's Google, 12,000 jobs cut. Microsoft, 10,000 jobs cut.

Crypto.com, 500 jobs. Now people are like, Kirk, that's only 500 jobs. It's like, yeah, but that's 20% of its workforce. And they're one of the largest crypto companies on the planet, right? Coinbase 2000 jobs cut.

Dell, 6600, ebay, 500. Salesforce, 7000 jobs. Twilio, 1500. Twitter, 3700. I can go on and on and on.

These are a lot of job layoffs, right? And so what's Biden saying? How can he say that the economy is growing and all these numbers are increasing when unemployment is going through the roof? I would rather believe the companies telling us that these people are being laid off because they have to. Because they can't lie at the quarterly shareholders meetings or else the SEC is down their throat, right?

So those numbers are real. Biden's numbers are not. So it's like, well, Kirk, how can the government get away with lying? Oh, well, because they revised the numbers. See, Seth, you've been in media for a long time, right?

And if you tell a story or you're reporting on something and it turns out that you made a mistake, right? And so he's like, I was wrong on that one. And so you give a revision. You recant what you said a few days later and said, I made a mistake on that. Who listens to the recant?

Nobody. They only listen to the first story. So every time you see government numbers and go back and look, go back and look at the government numbers on all these reports that are coming out, they'll post something, three to four days later, it's revised lower so they can A, not get in trouble for lying because they said, oh, yeah, we revised those numbers, right? But nobody reported on it. They only report on the original story, right?

So this is how they get by with some of this garbage, is when you think about it, like the unemployment numbers, for example, these Bureau for Labor Statistics economists, they're working on this for three months straight. You would think they would have it right the first time, right? But then a few days later, it's like, oh, yeah, we made a mistake, and we made a mistake the quarter before and the quarter before that and the quarter before that. And they always revise a few days later because nobody covers it. So this is how they get by with lying.

But at some point, it's like the boy who cries wolf. It's like nobody believes the numbers anymore, right? People don't believe the original story anymore because they're always revised. I was even watching one of the main financial news networks, and they said, well, these numbers are coming out, but we'll see what happens on the revision. This is like, why even report the original anymore?

So this is all nonsense, right? But what is a bigger issue that I'm seeing other than the government lying about numbers, which they always do, is what happens to America after the BRICS meeting, right? So with the BRICS meeting, you have to look at what happened. And nobody was covering that story like we talked about last time, right? CNBC, MSNBC, ABC, NBC Fox News BBC.

Nobody was covering the BRICS meeting. Like, nobody I looked during the Bricks meeting, nobody was covering. Right? We covered it, right? Other Patriot shows were covering it because it's the most monumental economic news of our lifetime, right?

I mean, it's the paradigm shifting moment of the global currency and the reserve currency of the US. Dollar. It's a big. So what happened during that BRICS meeting is they basically removed the petrodollar status, which means that we're going to have to print money like there's no tomorrow to fund all of our obligations, and we're going to have to raise rates to slow down the inflation that that printing creates. That's what's coming up, right?

There was this article that I saw just a couple of days ago on Zero Hedge, and it was so good. It was such a good article. Kurt, before we jump into that, because I want to give that but there's a short video why I wanted to play that I thought of while you were talking about just the reality of what the average Americans facing versus what the White House and the mainstream media are telling us, because they're telling us that things are great. But actually, let me place video because this guy it's a short 1 minute video from TikTok where this guy goes through and looks at the differences between 19 32,023 and it's so telling what's really happening. So I'll play this really quick because I know the next article you want to get into is a really meaty one.

So I want to jump and get this out there first. So let me pull this up. Now. Are in a silent depression. When you compare the Great Depression to today, this is going to absolutely blow your mind.

In 1930, during the Great Depression, the average home in America was $3,900. The average car was $600 and the average monthly rent was $18 or $216 a year. And the average salary was one $300 for the year. Fast forward to today. It is $436,000 for the average home, 48 grand for the average car, and the average rent is $2,000 a month or $24,000 a year.

And we have a $56,000 income for the average American right now. So if you look back to the Great Depression, the house was only three times the average salary. Now it is eight times the average salary. The car was 46% of the salary. The car today is 85% of the salary.

And here's the craziest part. The rent was 16% of the average salary. It is now 42% of the average salary. So I saw that and I was just obviously, we know that biden has completely wrecked the economy. But what this also shows to me the takeaway is this is fiat currency, right?

I think it was Lenin that talked about is Lenin or the or both, perhaps, that talked about taxation as a way of basically grinding the people. So sorry, taxation? No, it was inflation. How inflation was like the silent tax that could grind people down. I mean, that's significant right there.

So they're telling us all things are great, yet everyone's thinking like, you pay all your bills and it's like, well, why do I have no money left? Why do you know, having to use my credit card? Why can't I afford a basic used car? And this is the reality. Doesn't matter what side of the political aisle you're on, this is the reality of life in America now.

Yeah, I mean, so Lennon's comment that you were talking about, the gist of it is if you want to destroy a country, you destroy their it. I mean, that that was the gist of what he was saying and getting at, right, and he's right. And you look at those numbers and that is the end result of fiat based money creation, or money that's just printed by wind. Fiat means by decree, right. So there's no tangible backing behind it.

Right. So what does that tell us? That tells us wages haven't kept up with inflation. That's all that that's telling us. And that's why people are feeling so pinched, right?

That's why people are feeling like they go to the grocery store and their money doesn't go as far as it used to because if your wages were keeping up with the inflation, you wouldn't feel the difference. It'd just be everything's more expensive. But you're making more. Right, but it's not the case. Everyone's feeling every year that goes by, people are feeling more and more pressured, more and more pinched.

They can't make ends meet. And also back then, what even makes it worse is most families only had one income earner in the house back then. It was societal. It was just society. The moms kind of stayed home with the kids or took care of the house while the dad was working.

Now that is so far a thing of the past. Oh, yeah. You've got both moms and dads working sometimes three jobs between the two of them. Sometimes each mom and dad have two jobs each. So you start amplifying that and it makes it even worse than what those numbers are saying.

Oh, yeah. I did a quick calculation, Kirk, I'll throw out there. This is just interesting. So I was curious. So at that time in 1930, when I think gold was what, $20 an ounce, right?

That was before the Confiscation Act, which then upped the price of gold. So gold was around $20 an ounce. So at that time you could buy the average house in America for around 195oz of gold. At that time, in 1930, that same 195oz of gold in today's numbers is almost 400,000. So that's an interesting point.

It's just a side point to throw in there
that literally you have all these changes. And if you're sitting in the dollar during that entire process, say you've got $4,000 to buy a house in 1930, or you're thinking, okay, or I can take 4000 and put it into gold, that $4,000. Say you just stuck it in your floorboards, you dug it out today maybe you can afford a door and a window on a house. Because I know that they've used the analogy of the soup before, but looking at those numbers, I was just curious with that. It's kind of interesting.

Well, and it's so appropriate. You start looking at money in its real basic form of what it is. Gold is real money, silver is real money. Start looking at things throughout history like what you just did, and it's an amazing thing. Gold or silver, they both have maintained their purchasing power parity over time.

You're not falling behind. If you would have owned gold back then and you kept it till today, you didn't fall behind at all, actually. Where the dollar has lost 99% of its value since the early 19 hundreds. 99%. It's brutal, right?

So this is where look at precious metals, gold or silver more as an insurance policy against a collapsing currency as opposed to something that's going to grow and get great investment results from now. Granted you are, because you just look back three and a half years and silver was 1191 an ounce. Today it's 23 and a half. We're averaging over 30% a year growth. It's doubled in three and a half years.

That's incredible. Right? So when you look at it, though, the way that you did, it's like, wow, why didn't I wish I would have invested in gold in the in the years ago when I thought about doing it, right? And people get so caught up and it's like, oh, let's go in stocks, let's go into bonds. Right?

But over time, gold and silver have always proven to be the safest asset in the world. And that number you just said amplifies that statement, like, puts an exclamation point around it. It's like, this is really safe. It's maintained its purchasing power over all those hundreds of years, over all the wars that have happened, over all the inflation, over all the economic corrections, the 2000, the 2009, everything. It's maintained its purchasing power.

It's amazing. It is. So sorry I interrupted you, though, because you were getting ready to talk about this article, which I'll bring up now about the rising GDP and the rising yields. Walk us through what this means. Okay, so this article is written by Matthew Pipenberg with GoldSwitzerland.com.

It's a really good article, but I'm going to simplify it just because bonds can be very tricky. But basically, he said, and he makes the contention, which I do as well, that for years he's tried to make one point, and so have I. The bond market's really smart, right? And it is the thing that is the barometer moving forward to economic correction, what's the strength of the bond market, right. But why?

So you look at what the Federal Reserve of Atlanta just came out with their GDP numbers for the third quarter. Now, every Federal Reserve Bank measures something different. They have all their economic experts that basically measure one thing. So they can basically it's a very siloed approach. Like the St.

Louis Fed measures inflation. The Atlanta one measures gross domestic product. Right. So they said the third quarter GDP was 5.9%. Is that number real or is it phony baloney like every other government number that comes out?

Right. Well, let's just assume that it's real. I do think it's overstated, but let's just assume that it's real. Well, what is gross domestic product? GDP measures everything that you and I and everybody in the country are buying at retail prices from Target and Best Buy or wherever, right?

And so those things that are produced in America. So what should it then be? If it's measuring retail prices that we're spending money on and inflation is measuring the prices of what we're spending on GDP, if the economy we're actually growing would keep up with inflation, it should be the same. So GDP should be in the 15% to 20% range because that's unofficially what inflation is hovering. So basically, meaning that, say, I'm buying a Pin, and a Pin used to be, say, $5 because of inflation.

Say it's now $6, right? So they're saying, oh, well, now you spent $6. So there's say, a 20% increase in GDP. But they're not accounting for the fact that it's actually just 20% more expensive, basically. Am I correct?

They're saying that if GDP is, say, 5%, inflation is 15%, that's a 10% reduction. Like the GP is actually, say, negative 10%. No, it's actually worse than that. So let's just say it were 5% and inflation is at 15. So that's one third of the total GDP.

So that means the economy is really contracted by 67%, right? Because it's 67% less than what inflation is at. So these numbers, they're bragging about 5.9% and they said we could even see a surge of over 8%. This isn't good, right, because it's not keeping up with inflation. You always have to measure everything in light of inflation, like the purchasing power that we talked about, of the houses and the cars and everything that we looked at, right?

It's like, well, who cares if GDP is growing by 5% when the house has gone up by like 80 times, right? Who cares? So GDP should measure inflation, should equal inflation. Well, it doesn't. So what does this now start to tell us?

A story.

So the point of all this is they think that the economy is growing. However, this is where these economists I'm not saying that they're stupid. I'm not saying that the economists at the treasury or the Fed are stupid. They're very smart PhDs. They're not telling you the right information on purpose.

That's what I'm saying.

The treasury market, the US Treasury bond should be the most the safest asset in the world and it's been considered that for decades. Right. And why? Well, because it's the long term treasury bill of the United States, the most robust economy, the wealthiest nation, and even when push comes to shove, if we run out of money, congress just going to raise the debt ceiling and print more money because we're the reserve currency. So basically the propensity for a default on a US Treasury has been about zero.

It's actually been considered a risk free investment. So when you have something that's got very little risk, it's going to have a very low rate of return. The interest rate is going to be like it was like 1%, like forever. Right. So compare that to a junk bond.

Like Michael Milken, the junk bond salesman king, right. So here's what he had to do to sell junk bonds to his clients and say, hey, client, have I got a deal for you. Right. So there's this company, they might go out of business in nine months, but you could make a killing on it in that nine months because they're paying 15% interest on their bonds, right? That's a junk bond versus the US Treasury, which is classified as the safest asset in the world.

Very low interest rate. So what's happening with Treasuries around the world right now. The yields are going up, which means their safety is not really there. Whenever you have a higher yield, it always means a riskier investment, right? So you got to keep that in mind.

You've got all this debt that we're amassing as a country, and now the cost of servicing that debt is going up, not just on corporate bonds or muni bonds, but at the sovereign debt level. To me, that's the slow death of a country. And it's not just happening here. It's happening all over the world. So it is like this article saying this is a major sign of an uhoh.

I wouldn't say it's an uhoh. I'd say it's a death trap, is what I would say that it is, because debt driven growth is not growth like these supposedly smart economists at the Fed and at the Treasuries. Debt driven growth is not growth. It's stimulus money. Growth comes from you and me and everybody else going and buying those pens with our own money, buying TVs with our own money, buying cars, buying houses.

That's real growth. Debt based growth is not real growth. So debt based growth is an oxymoron. It just truly is. You can't have debt based growth now.

You can in the short term, you provide stimulus money. That stimulus money gets injected into the stock market, gets handed out to people. Short term, it can boost an economy medium. And long term, it's the death of that economy because ultimately, you have to pay back the piper, right? So that's where we are.

So I'll just throw in. So basically, I like breaking this down in little analogies that my little pea brain can understand, right? So it's kind of like, say my household expenses are $5,000 a month, and that's representative of my capacity to earn money, et cetera. But say I get a credit card with, say, $100,000 limit, and I start spending an extra ten grand every month with a credit card. And I'm like, Look, I'm at a $15,000 a month lifestyle.

I'm growing, I'm expanding, but I'm doing it through, taking on more and more debt. So it's deceptive because it's almost like negative growth. It's like, yeah, you're increasing, your money flowing through, but every month you're actually going more and more into debt. Is that kind of a way of understanding it? Yeah.

See, they would view that extra $10,000 a month that you're spending as economic growth because you're actually spending the money. The problem is, like, if you're a business owner, you've got your expenses and your income on your income statement, right? If expenses are greater than your income, you're going to go out of business. It's just the end result. So they view that as growth, where I view it as the death trap, because ultimately, people hit their max credit line, then they have to stop.

It's like, oh, now they've got these payments. We can't
make these payments, right? It's like, what do we do? So this is where we are when something is an oxymoron, meaning it absolutely doesn't make sense. The only people that believe an oxymoron to be true are morons, right?

And they're the ones that are writing it. They're the ones that are writing these laws of these oxymorons, and they're the only ones that believe. So let's paint this picture with a story, because I think everybody who has college age kids is going to realize, oh, my word, kirk's telling the truth on this. So in this article, they call it the Tale of the Drunken Stupid, right? So I'm going to embellish it a little bit for story's sake.

So let's just say, Seth, that you are a frat boy. You're in college and you're in this frat house, and everybody else in the frat house is also a frat boy. Well, frat boys have dads that give them credit cards to use in college, right? So if you're living in this frat house and you've got Daddy's credit card, what's the first thing that you're going to buy? It's like, oh, guys, let's build a bar in the house, and then let's stock that bar with top shelf liquor.

It's like, we're going to have parties every night, and so we can't just have that. Let's get the biggest giant screen TV screen that we can, but we're going to have to have a big party couch to sit on. And so they start spending all this money and live this party lifestyle. And what's the end result? The end result is they're in college to learn, right, and their grades, because they're not focusing on school.

Go from A to B to C to D to F. Dad's seeing the report cards, and he calls up, son, I'm cutting you off from your credit card. You're wasting all of my money parting it up, not studying. I paid for your college. I'm paying for the stupid lifestyle.

And now you're getting f's. No more credit card for you. And every other dad in the frat house starts to do the same thing over time. So now apply that to Washington, DC. DC.

Is the frat boy. The dad's credit card is the printing press, right? So people in DC. Are just spending all this money, all this frivolous money, stimulus, raising the debt ceiling, doing all this garbage. And now Daddy's credit card has run out because of what happened during the BRICS meeting.

And Putin and G saying, we're taking away the petrodollar status of the US. Dollar. That foreign capital inflow ceases. It's the only way we've been able to amass $32 trillion worth of debt. And people still want our currency.

So now that that's going away, we're going to be forced to print money like there's no tomorrow to keep the lifestyle up. And so how do they slow down? That inflation. They raise interest rates, right? And so this is.

Where you're starting to see the yield on sovereign debt rise across the globe. Because Daddy's credit card has been cut off, the credit limits have been reached, and now the only thing that comes, how do you fix it? Right? So how do you fix a declining economy? It's not with stimulus money.

It's with people working, people spending. Right? Because debt based growth is not growth. That's an oxymoron. Growth only comes from people spending their own money.

So you need to have a bigger boat, right? So to stay afloat in this economy, you need to have a bigger boat where there's more people working, more people spending. That means more income tax revenues, more sales tax revenues, more property tax revenues. The government revenue streams will go up with a bigger boat. Without a bigger boat, the economy sinks.

The whole boat sinks. Right. So the policies that we're seeing right now, rising taxes, rising interest rates and wage reduction, which that TikTok video that you showed proved wage reduction is there. Don't believe what the Biden administration is telling you. When a house what was the average price of a house?

Back in the early 19 hundreds, you said it was like, I think I have it up right here. Yeah. So the average price yeah. So the average yearly income was 1300. The average house cost was 3900.

So three times the amount of average income. Whereas now the average house is eight times the average income. Yes. So people are running out of income. Wages, obviously, have been coming down not just this year, but for decades as inflationary pressures have persisted.

Now, you can hide that for a bit until you max out your credit line, right? Like what you explained, once you hit your credit line, it's all unmasked. And that's what we're seeing right now, which is why this rising yield and rising GDP is actually, to me, the sure sign of the death of the dollar as we know it. It's the slow death of the US economy. And I don't even think it's going to be that slow.

I think it's going to accelerate. And so here's where we now start to hit a dilemma. So throughout history, and I know that you're a student of history just like I am, I love it. I love historical stuff. So always following an economic collapse is social collapse.

It always follows it 100% of the time. So you look at what happened in France four months ago or so, when France you've got all these socialist people in France, in socialist country France, that paid excess taxes their whole life because it's a socialist country for them to take care of them during retirement. So what did France do? Macron said, hey, we kind of ran out of money. Sorry, everybody, we're going to raise your retirement age.

You can't actually retire for a few more years. People started to revolt. Blood in the streets, right? Riots, protests. I mean, nothing against old people.

I've got a gray beard, right? But 70, 80 year old people in the streets were being knocked down by cops because they were just protesting. It's like we're socialists living in a socialist country and paid higher taxes and we want our retirement. It's all that they were asking for and the government took it away because they ran out of money. Well, what comes next?

What comes next after they raise the retirement age is what happened in Cyprus and Greece way back in the day and what happened in Argentina and Venezuela. Then you have other austerity measures like reducing benefits while increasing the retirement age. Anything that the government can do to save money, right? So what happens is you saw the social chaos happen there. Washington DC.

This week I saw this article and I thought it was an article about the hurricane that just blew through Florida, right. All the shelves were and then I read it's like, wait, this has nothing to do with the hurricane. This is in DC. Basically, Giant Foods, which is like a grocery store, like or, you know, Piggly Wiggly or whatever, right? Large grocery store chain in the mid Atlantic.

They basically are taking all the brand name stuff off the shelves and replacing it with generic store brand stuff, hoping that not everybody's going to steal it because people are stealing the name brand stuff. So here's where in social decay, this is kind of the ugly reflection of humanity, right? Where something that's unethical and immoral, like stealing becomes a higher order than a morality thing. How do I explain it? If you're forced with feeding your family or not, even stealing becomes an ethical decision, right?

So it's this higher order of morality even though it's wrong, it's like, should I steal because I don't want my family to starve? Yeah, I think I'm going to do it because I don't want my family to starve. And people start justifying immoral, bad actions. Government officials are justifying stealing from us through all this increased inflationary pressures and printing money like there's no tomorrow to keep the thing afloat. Right.

Because they're not going to get voted back in if they don't. So what we're starting to see is the rise of social disarray. It starts with theft and burglaries and robberies in every big city around the country. You're seeing a rise in violent crime, muggings, lootings, death, right. Guns, stabs, I mean, everything.

It's starting to actually happen, which of course it's going to happen. It always follows economic chaos. Always 100% of the time. Doesn't matter how advanced or unadvanced the society is, it always follows it, right? So we're starting to go down that path and we're even now seeing it with politics, right?

So the social decay that we're seeing, look what Adam Schiff did last week. Actually earlier this week I saw the article has to do with J Six and Trump being arrested right? So he brought up section, Article 14, section three of the Constitution. It says anybody who's in part of an insurrection or aiding people or helping them, an insurrection can never hold public office, right? So this is going to go to the Supreme Court because now there's states that are saying we're not going to put Trump on the 2024 election on the ballots, right?

So imagine, just imagine this, the massive front runner on the GOP possibly not being able to run, right, because the states won't put them on the ballot. And so this is going to go to the Supreme Court. What if the Supreme Court says, yeah, Trump, you can't run? What's that going to do to social chaos in this country? It's going to be wild.

I'm not trying to be a prophet. I'm just saying I don't care if you're on the left or the right when your front runner says we can't run. And based on Adam Schiff's own words in that article that you have on the screen, he said the Constitution doesn't say you have to be convicted of the crime. It just says that you have to be part of it, right, to not hold public office. So it's like what, anybody anywhere can make up anything about anybody and what they're saying is the rule of law in America doesn't exist anymore and you are guilty until proven innocent, right?

And so that to me is evidence of social
decay and what's happening, and it all comes from economic collapse. What we're seeing right now is a function of biden's economy. And it was Bill Clinton that said it really, really well, it's the economy, stupid, right? People vote with their wallets, right? And if the economy stinks, this is why you're going to distract.

This is why when the BRICS meeting was happening and I was surfing through the channels looking for news on the internet anywhere, nobody was covering the most important economic news story of a century. Literally. It's the changing of the guard. It's the paradigm pendulum shifting moment of moving power from the west to the east and removing the US dollar's reserve currency status. That's what it was.

But what was everyone focused on? Trump's mug shot. It's like, well, I don't care about the mug shot. I don't care how he looked. I do care that the irrational reasoning of why he had to have a mug shot, right?

I mean, that's bogus garbage. Or they were concerned about counterfeit Taylor Swift tickets during her concert tour or all this other dumb know, just deflecting from the important to the meaningless and keeping people's eyes off of what's really truly important, right? So you add all of this up, we've got economic collapse, societal collapse, and we are going to be in a dark period for a bit. I mean, we just are, because you don't come through these things real quickly. But there is light at the end of the tunnel, right?

This is why I can have a smile on my face. Why you can? Because financially, there's solutions. We've been talking about it for a long time. Gold and silver doing very well.

We talked about how it maintains its purchasing power over time. That's another added element. We talked about how it gets you out of the Central Bank digital currency system. So you're no longer a digital slave in their digital world, where they can cut you off from buying or selling because it's a tangible asset that you take delivery of. Doesn't have title, there's no property taxes on it, right?

Like a house, which is a tangible asset. But you don't really own a house even when you own it. Just try not paying your property taxes and see what happens, right? They'll sell it in a tax lien auction, right? So gold and silver, there's no title to it.

It's like a bearer bond. If you have it, it's yours. Kind of a deal. And you could use it for barter in a worst case scenario. I know that you're very much a preparedness guy, right?

Because people need food storage, food. They should have silver, they should have their own garden. They should be able to self sustain in an economic crisis. I don't care if it's a hurricane blowing through town, tornado, economic collapse, you lose your job and you just can't afford to live for a bit, right? It would be really good if you were prepared for things like that coming up.

What I'm talking about is going to be more of a prolonged contraction of the economy. And people just need to decide now how to overcome and actually thrive during those time frames that I think that we're going to be in. But when you are, that will put a smile on your face. Because you're going to be able to not just survive, but thrive with the growth that we're seeing in metals. The ability to put food on the table for your families, right?

Because here's what comes after this chaos and collapse. And again, not trying to be a prophet, it's just human nature, right, is during times of cris, people will give up their freedoms. So you have this crisis that's so bad and people can't feed the families and they've resorted to stealing to feed their families. Right? I mean, that's what we're seeing already.

What's the carrot that the Central Bank digital currencies are going to use? I think it's going to be universal basic income, saying you take our CBD system and you'll have $1,000 a month in credits and debits and credits coming into your account every month, just take it. It's like, don't take it. It's your ultimate loss of freedom and privacy ever. But they're going to make it really difficult for you to want to say no.

Right? But if you have something where you can afford to say no because you're prepared, then it doesn't matter. And that's how you can have a smile on your face, even though our freedoms are eroding all around us. Well, one interesting point is that say you're in a bind. The thing with, say, silver, for instance, say you've got 30oz of silver and you need some quick money.

It's something that even locally, you can go find there's coin shops, there's different kinds of gold buyers. So even if you have to in a pinch, it's like it becomes that last resort where you pull out a few coins, you go some maybe you might lose a few percentage points in that sale, but it's liquid, it converts. You'll find any number of those people that they say, hey, do you buy generic rounds? They'll say, yeah, it's like, what are you paying? We pay Spot, or whatever it is.

And it's like, oh, okay. So it's not like it's some asset, like, say you're investing in a painting or a stock or something where if you want to pull your money out of that, it's a complicated process. So just a thing to kind of put out there. And what I suspect is that as things get worse and worse, you're going to have people that start opening up more businesses that are actually buying precious metals and converting them and trading them and authenticating. That was my old business, is I've had people come in, they'd be like, hey, I need money.

My dad left me here's 400oz of silver. So I'd look at it, I'd test it, and I'd say, okay, well, here's a check or here's cash. Right? So it's interesting how it's just interesting looking at that video about life in 1930 and life now, because like I said, I'd always heard the suit analogy. Like you could buy a whole suit for a single gold coin.

How it's the same. It's just interesting to look at trace these currencies and the role of different currencies in bartering and trading over the course of history. Yeah, it is what people do. Where there's a will, there's a way, right? And if you can't survive and feed your family.

Basically, mom and pops merchants don't want the currency anymore for whole host of ideological reasons, financial reasons, whatever. You better have something that you can barter with and trade with to feed your family until things transition out of that phase and we get back to a sense of normalcy again. Normalcy always comes, right? But it might be a while. It might be a while.

And this is why we're protecting and preserving and thriving right now with silver. And it reminds me of there's a story that I heard is either Argentina or Venezuela, that after the collapse and after the currency had collapsed, people were lining up with wheelbarrows full of cash to buy a like, that's how bad the hyperinflation was. Yet a single ounce of silver would feed a family for about a month. So to me, that's the contrast of what happened. So, anyway, kirk, I know we're kind of past time for you, but just quickly, before you send off folks, if you want to get a hold of kirk or his company, give them a call.

720-605-3900 to speak to an advisor there. Or go to goldwithseth.com, fill out the form below, and one of his advisors will contact you. And that information is in the description as well. So, Kirk, as usual, thank you so much for coming on the show. I always enjoy these conversations.

I can't wait till I have the studio set up for the in person, because I'd love to have you come and spend 3 hours or more just sitting and talking. So thank you for coming on. Yep, I can't wait. That'd be awesome. Well, we'll talk to you soon.

All right. Thank you, Kirk.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Suffer the Yugas – 08-30-2023

Suffer the Yugas - 08-30-2023

Suffer the Yugas - 08-30-2023

Episode Summary:

The document revolves around the concept of increasing novelty in our reality, suggesting that the world is undergoing rapid and unprecedented change. The author believes that as our solar system moves, it receives more emanations from the galactic center, causing shifts in human consciousness and reality. This change is not just a mental phenomenon; it's a tangible alteration of our reality. The author predicts a significant threshold of this change around April 3, 2024. This change is compared to the difference between generations, emphasizing that the world of today is vastly different from that of our ancestors. The author also touches upon conspiracy theories, suggesting that those who have been aware of these changes are more stable in their reactions to the current state of the world. The Khazarian mafia is mentioned as an entity that has been trying to obscure reality and is now facing the consequences of these shifts.

#Novelty #RealityShift #GalacticCenter #Consciousness #Change #Threshold #April3 #Generations #ConspiracyTheories #KhazarianMafia #ObscureReality #Emanations #SolarSystem #HumanEvolution #Predictions #WooWoo #Understanding #Awakening #Emotions #Impact #Future #Perception #NoveltyEscalation #MentalShift #GalacticRadiation

Suffer the Yugas - 08-30-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. We're August 30 here. It's eight five in the morning and I'm running a little late already. I got a medical appointment to get some blood drawn, something I do every few months just to see where everything is at.

But I got to get my s down there and it is foggy. Ah. The ocean here has this stuff we call scum, which is a warm fog. It ends up being an issue of disparate temperatures between inland Puget Sound and the coast out here. And it causes this the temperature difference causes moisture to form here as fog as it runs up against this sort of heat wall in the interior of the state anyway, though, so super foggy.

Got to be careful driving. Hopefully I don't crush anything. A lot of miles anyway. So I talked to Jean Claude and Tampa Joe last night and it was fun. It was interesting.

We were discussing just like serious woo, right? Because we're coming into that period of time where, like Joe had said, don Jr. Was prompting people to go out and locate themselves a conspiracy theorist for when things get really screwy here shortly and you need some understanding of what's happening, somebody to connect with, right? Because none of this shit's going to make sense to the normal world organized mind. So if you've grown up and you listen to your parents and you listen to your teachers and you listen to authority and you understand the world the way that was presented, none of that shit's going to make sense.

None of these habits of thought that you have in terms of describing to yourself the nature of the reality you're swimming in are going to work because the way you were taught to think about reality is going to come unglued. And that's actually because the reality itself is changing. So it's not merely a mental affectation, it's not a mind virus or anything like that. Our reality is actually changing. As our solar system moves up away from the obscuring mass of the galaxy and we're getting more of the galactic center emanations, people themselves will change.

And so I have no problem right now stating that. I can see how it is conceivable to me that humans, during periods like the Golden Age, we may well need blue skin in order to maintain ourselves mentally within that much increased level of galactic center emanations that will be reaching us. Who knows what adaptations we will have to make for ourselves over these next 10,000 years as we go through this process? So I don't have a problem with blue skinned humans. It's going to be weird when we get that much more radiation out of galactic center reaching our little backwater solar system, right?

And this accounts for so much of the cyclic nature of humanity, what it does and so on, as well as all those people that come and visit us. So you have to understand that from my perspective because we suffer the yugas. All right? So if you live on the first major spiral arm of our galaxy, if you're anywhere near there, so the first or the second or even the third major spiral, there will be areas that you're going to get so much galactic radiation from galactic center that you don't have the same kind of episodic voyage through life that humanity does. Okay?

So you would get so much more radiation and it would be so much more continuous that you would not have a Kali Yuga. So you wouldn't have a backwardization period of time, you wouldn't have the descending yugas in that sense because you never lack for galactic center emanations, that level of radiation. And remember, there are tens of thousands of stars within the galactic center cluster. We do not know how many, okay? It's actually impossible for us to account because the Galactic center, because all their radiation obscures all the others.

We can come close, but an exact enumeration just won't happen anyway though. So I was talking to the guys about all of this, and we got into some deep woo here because we're coming into this period of time where novelty will okay, so novelty is increasing. That is to say, new. Shit is increasing over time as we move away from move, rise up, so to speak, as our solar system rises up from the edge of the galaxy into this area, where we get more of these galactic center emanations. And this is coincident with this rise of newness of new stuff and novelty.

And so we are in a period of time now where the mathematics are assuring me that we've actually crossed a significant threshold and we're about to encounter a perceptible threshold. And so there's differences, right? So you could have tectonic plates do something and you cross a particular energetic threshold within the tectonic plates that might suggest there's going to be an earthquake, okay? If you were aware of it, but you would not be aware of those tectonic plates crossing that threshold of energy buildup or a new form of dissipation into a new rock area, something like that, you wouldn't be aware of this until it actually fractures and produces the earthquake that jolts you. So there are thresholds that are crossed all the time that are not meaningful to us at that moment of their crossing, but will become so later on.

And we're at one of those points now. We've had 25 years of this shift into accelerating novelty, even over the 300 years of novelty we've had since the 17 hundreds, basically the Renaissance and the invention of everything that makes our modern society we owe to rising up from the galactic plane and getting more of these emanations and making humans more smart, okay?

So we're going to be making better and better and better generations of humans as we go forward in time.

I got to suck down a lot of fluids here, so they got something to tap out of me anyway.

Okay, so we've crossed a threshold a while back, right? And I think for my own reasons, for my own emotional attachment kind of reasons, probably more than calculated thinking, although there were calculations in my thinking. I think we had this first threshold on November 22 when Kennedy was shot, right, in 63. So I think that was a particular threshold. And now we're crossing this other threshold here.

It's actually okay, so we've crossed the threshold recently into an elevated state of novelty. We will cross a perceptible threshold that will have us react to the fact that we're now sensing this new state of affairs, okay? And so it'll be the perception of these new things of a threshold for a lot of people that we'll be crossing here shortly. For my own reasons, I think it's April 3 of next year, 2024. It may appear before the end of this year.

We're really close, right? And I'm just being like, conservative and estimating it'll take us into next year before we cross that perceptible part of this threshold because we've crossed the temporal or the physical threshold sometime back, a number of years back. And it takes this shit a while to build anyway, though. So the perceptible threshold that we'll cross will make a lot of people well, okay, so our reactions as humans are going to be predictable in a broad scale, but not predictable when we have to come to individuals and how they're going to react to all this weird stuff that's going to be popping up. And it's not that there will be so difficult to describe because we will recognize it will suddenly dawn on us that, jeez, there's a lot of new shit happening every day now.

And so in that sense, the new shit has been happening, is happening. We're getting this dispersive thing into more and more novelty, but a lot of people are simply not yet aware of it, okay? And so what we're talking about here is a consciousness threshold where enough people will become individually aware of the novelty that's driving all of our lives now that they will start talking about it. And then we'll have a collective or a social level of acknowledgment of these circumstances and awareness of the novelty, the addition of other people knowing about and having these same kind of feelings will impact lots of people that basically just thought it was themselves, right? They just thought something goofy was going on with them in terms of how they were thinking about shit, this will happen.

Like I say, I think we'll cross the threshold around April 3. And so there will be a building period that we're in now that's going to run for like six months or so, and we'll build up and build up, and then people will start being twitchy or pressured, so to speak, right? Their consciousness will be impacted by all of the novelty that they're experiencing and by the dawning awareness that they are experiencing novelty at an accelerated rate. So first they'll have to recognize that it's new, then they're going to have to recognize there's a whole lot of new, and then they're going to have to recognize that the level of newness itself is accelerating. And so that last bit is the hard bit that you have to grok before you understand.

And then in that understanding, you cross that threshold, if that makes any sense at all. So this staged awareness is what we're going through now. Now, it doesn't mean that everybody's going to so the predictability about what happens after that threshold is crossed is that predictability has a very low probability for accuracy from anybody's predictions. So my predictions as to what's going to happen afterwards, how you're going to be living after this event that affects you personally, but also affects all your neighbors and affects the general social order. And then once it is recognized within the general social order by the individuals in that social order, it will continue.

That recognition itself will continue to alter the parameters of the social order for some number of years as we all come to grips with this, right? But that's the whole thing. We can make predictions as to what will happen afterwards, how we'll want to live and this kind of thing, but only in the very broadest sense will any of these predictions be able to be made now will turn out to be valid, okay? Because it's good, because the hyper novelty aspect of it is going to magnify and be magnified by every other incident of the hypernovelty. It's going to be a strange world there, guys.

We already have to acknowledge that we are living in a very strange time that does not resemble our father's time, right? This is not your parents world anymore, just as their world was not their grandparents world in a very significant way. But now that level of significance itself is detaching in our minds from the events, and we can see that the significance itself and how it impacts us is also altering. So it's not just the events that are altering us, it's the impact of what's coming and what's happening to us. All the goofiness, the money, the power structure, all of this kind of stuff, right?

All of this shit coming unglued. It's not just that. There's also a major component of our awakening that is influenced by recognizing that we ourselves are changing. So it's a goofy concept, but the self recognition of the change affecting you is a very much a participating factor in what we're all going to be going through. It's a difficult idea to get across, and lots of people just won't understand it till it actually starts happening to them.

Then they'll feel different one day, and then one day they'll realize they feel different, and then they will realize that. They realized that and then they'll start thinking about it because, oh my God, what's going on here, right? Anyway, so nothing to be done about it. There's no drugs you can take for it. There's no point in any of that kind of stuff.

No need to consult a doctor or psychiatrist about this shit. You may want to talk to your neighbors and stuff about the observations you're making and say, wow, it's not weird, that kind of thing, right? And see how they feel about it. But in general, however disturbing it's going to be, there's nothing we can do about it because it is such at such a grand scale. Um, it's going to be very much like we're moths, right?

And all of us moths are sitting around and someone turns on a fan. So all of a sudden, the generalized environment for all of us moths have changed. And that means we need to change as well. And we'll recognize this as we go forward. Next year, there's going to be a lot of these thresholds that will cross over these next few years as novelty escalates.

And we can only guesstimate as to how impacting some of these things will be. Some of them are sort of predictable in terms of both the impact and the occurrence. Others are going to be totally blind signing us. We're not even looking in that direction. And it rises up, slaps us upside the head.

In any event, going to be a fun time. A lot of stuff's going to get cleaned up and settled and so on. And we will not recognize, would not be able to fathom the amount of changes when we look back in just a couple of years. So if we were to say that 2019 was like the last normal year, right, or last stable normal year, and that we reached a point of instability as the powers that be brought out COVID, and that exacerbated the instability that the powers that be were already feeling. So Kazarian Mafia has been aware of the changes, aware of the rising novelty affecting humans for some decades, and they've been doing everything they can to fight it.

Now they're in a I think now many of them are starting to recognize that their ability to do so, their ability to in any way ameliorate or affect their circumstances is coming to the fore in their minds. And they're desperate to do something. But there's just not a whole lot that can be done from their meager resources. And the resources are dwindling as we wake up. And that's another thing that really affects them, is all these people saying, no, I'm not doing your COVID game.

Take your mask full of its carcinogens and if you want, if you'll remove your pants, I'll shove it up your ass so you get a good load of them carcinogens anyway.

These thresholds that will cross over these next few years as I say, the first one, I'm anticipating the first level of perceptible breakthrough I think will happen in October 3 in that area for a lot of reasons. I'm just picking the third for some reasons relative to the date map that I use. But I'm not even sure that the mathematic formula I was employing are in any way accurate or more accurate than just a wild ass guess, right? But we're really close, and those of us that can see this kind of stuff, we see the signs, and so we're sort of settling back and doing stuff. And so there's something I need to point out, right?

If you go and look just like as a broad survey of people doing videos and stuff out there or making other statements on social media, you'll find that the calmest and it sounds weird. The calmest and stablest statements being produced by people are coming out of the woo Woo guys, right? The conspiracy theorists, because we know what's going on. We can see this shit. And everybody else now they're starting to see it, but they don't know what's going on, and that's got them all freaked out.

So there's all this questioning and debate and rancor and emotions spilling out, because a lot of it is that it's the emotion, right? The shock that you feel when you suddenly discover the nature of the conspiracy and how it's affected you. And then you start thinking about it, and you see how it affected yourself, your family, your childhood, your parents and all of these kind of things, and it really gets you as to how deep and powerfully affecting all of these things have been for all of your fucking life. Now, remember, all you bastards are mostly younger than me, so I'm 70 years old. So I've had a lot more of this shit than you guys.

So if you're in your 30s, count yourself lucky that you're going through it at such a young age, when you're young enough to recover, young enough to withstand it, and young enough to benefit from this relative to your future life. So you won't live a life with 50 or 60 years of the powers that be obscuring the reality around you as I have, right? They've deliberately tried for most of my life to obscure this reality in which I live. I don't like these guys because of that, in any event. So I'm having a good time, I got to tell you, all right?

So as a conspiracy guy, all this shit is really nasty. It's ugly. It's truly horrific, okay? If you get into the details, there lies horror. There lies everything you never want to think about.

But at the very high level in general, I am just so pleased because my enemies are suffering. My enemies are going down to defeat, and they are individually and collectively suffering, and they are starting to recognize it. So now, as we cross this threshold, on April 3 or thereabouts, maybe it's the end of February, maybe it's Valentine's Day, it's in that general area, my opinion, okay, that's my opinion, my educated opinion, but nonetheless merely an opinion. Maybe it'll be five months after that, maybe it'll be the end of this September, I just don't know. But what will occur will affect not only the general population, as much of the mass of the general population has a big AHA moment.

But also what will occur is that those people within the Kazarian mafia, those people that are my enemies and the minions that serve them, will also have an AHA moment. Only their AHA moment won't have a good long term future because they will see themselves in relation to the circumstances that rule reality and see that their plans have no future. And so this will shock them. We will have a visible response from their understanding of this. So that's what I'm actually looking for is a visible response of change in strategy and tactics exhibited by the Khazarian mafia that's going to pop up in our reality.

And of course, a lot of people just think that it's part of the regular newness, everybody new and new shit and all this kind of stuff, and they'll see something that they hadn't seen before, relative or coming out of officialdom, even the hidden officialdom, right? And so all of these guys will be exposed. We'll get this weird situation of where lots of people thinking that this exposure is just yet more novelty. But those of us that know that this is happening will know that it's a Kazarian mafia reacting to their own AHA moment about their own circumstances. And so then they'll start getting really worried and I expect them to make a lot of mistakes from that point forward such that they will become exposed even further.

It'll aggravate the situation and in all respects will harmonize and cooperate with universe in its efforts to alter the circumstances here and collect its irreversibility tax. Okay? So my way of thinking is the universe wants to know what actually will manifest. It wants to put things in the past in an unalterable position for its own reason. So I don't think time travel exists because universe, it would fuck universe over at one level.

It may exist in the future in a way that we can't really describe at this moment. But one of the components I'm quite sure it will have will be it won't allow for reversibility of decisions. So you won't be able to go back and make yourself not have that decision. Right? So the olive universe has to have a fixed past for this particular level of calculation.

Maybe that's not the way in other materials, maybe there are other materials where material reality exists and beings live within that material reality where their spirit is bound to some form of flesh and those materials may operate differently. But in ours, this is the case, right, that irreversibility is a central key to it. And so universe promotes that wherever possible. And if you understand this, you can harmonize. So this is the point of making that firm, hard decision and not doing any of the wishywashy stuff that can be undone.

So this is why cryptos are doing so well, because a crypto transaction is irreversible. When I send you that bitcoin, I can't claw it back, right? There's no mechanism for me to get that back, unlike our banking system, which is all Kali Yuga and wants reversibility and to be able to be manipulated into the past and all this kind of shit. And so universe doesn't like that in a general sense. And it will provide me reinforcement when I make the good, solid decision, and it will also provide me reinforcement when I make the wishy washy, oh, I think maybe I'm going to roll it back kind of decision, right?

And so we see these things expressed in our universe, and they're expressing themselves now, which is the really cool part. It's visible if you want to look out and see it. So the Woo guys are looking out and we're seeing this most of the normies, and that's apparently an N word. I cannot say anymore that the normies resent it, but if you label them that but most of the normies, they don't grasp a lot of the nuance of the Wu world, so they don't grasp how they can harmonize with the stuff that's going on now. And so if you find yourself now as a Woo guy and you're presented with three choice scenarios, you could just, as an exercise, look at all three, see which is the most committing, which is the hardest to undo, and just choose that regardless of your feelings about it or anything like that.

Just as an experiment, choose the most irreversible decision out of those three that you can make and watch what happens with universe. You will be quite surprised, I'm sure, in a good fashion. You have to wait a few days to see how it all plays out because there's always that more decisions following every time you make a decision. The universe wants to put you into this situation where if it can, it can get more irreversibility out of you, right? This is just my characterization of it.

But in any event, so here we are approaching a hyper novelty threshold this year remains of this year into next year. Personally, I don't think it can go to 2025. The build up looks like it could not be sustained.

And also it's gone too far. The buildup has gone too far to back down.

So it's like the Kazarian mafia has to get Trump off the ballot. They've got to do everything they possibly can. And of course, this exposes all their actions to the people, makes all the people pissed at them. And so it's all compounding itself, but it's all driven by the circumstances that we find ourselves in in universe at this moment. And this is just exactly as universe wants it.

So it's terrible. People are dying. It's horrid. But we're all here to learn lessons and participate, and at the moment, everybody's really active in that. Anyway, guys, I'm going to have to sign off now.

I'll do another one of these. There's going to be hours, extra hours involved today in my shopping and chores because of all of the other things I got to do, including my little blood tap, but I'll get around to doing another one of these. There's a lot of things to discuss about what's coming up next year and the year after. And like I was telling the guys last night, JC and Joe, I think maybe over these next two years, we're going to get to the point where Earthers realize we got a moon issue, right? That we got an issue with the inhabitants on the moon.

And it's going to be really interesting as we come to grips with that. Okay? Going to have to sign off and talk to.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Heart Beat of Time – 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

Episode Summary:

The text discusses the novelty theory and the work of Russian scientist Kozyrev, who focused on the nature of time. After spending ten years in a Siberian gulag, he developed experiments in the 60s that led to the observation that time exhibits aspects of pressure. This pressure builds up to a threshold before manifesting a result, a pattern that repeats in various aspects of reality, such as the stock market, heartbeat, and chemical reactions. The text emphasizes that this understanding of time's pressure-like behavior can be applied to various fields, including linguistics, and is a fundamental aspect of our reality.

The text explores the concept of building tension and release in various contexts, including chemical reactions, language, human interactions, and societal dynamics. It emphasizes how this pattern can be observed in individual behaviors, such as a fight between two people, or on a larger scale, like potential civil unrest. The author also connects this idea to novelty theory and the Yuga cycles, suggesting that humanity is entering a new age where increased energy from the Galactic Center will lead to an "up-leveling" of human consciousness and technology. The text concludes with a hopeful outlook on humanity's potential growth and evolution.

The text discusses the transition from the Kali Yuga (Iron Age) to the Bronze Age, emphasizing an up-leveling of complexity and novelty production. It contrasts the simplicity of life 500 years ago with today's interconnected world and predicts another significant uptick in complexity. The author explains the Yuga cycles, including the transition periods, and asserts that humanity is 25 years into a 75-year transition to the Bronze Age. The text also criticizes the Khazarian Mafia for attempting to suppress this advancement and predicts a short-lived hyperinflation period. The author concludes that the transition to a new age is inevitable.

The text explores the shift from building tension language to release language, reflecting a change in societal dynamics. It discusses the increasing complexity and novelty in various aspects of life, such as parts shortages and the potential for on-demand production through 3D printing. The author emphasizes the transition into a new era marked by decentralized and diversified solutions, predicting that this trend will continue for the next 2100 years. The text concludes with the idea that the universe rewards novelty creation, and individuals can benefit from understanding and adapting to these changes.

#3Dprinting #adaptation #advancement #BronzeAge #causality #change #chemistry #complexity #decentralization #experiments #heartbeat #hyperinflation #inflation #innovation #KaliYuga #KhazarianMafia #Kozyrev #language #linguistics #manifestation #novelty #noveltytheory #pressure #reality #release #science #SiberianGulag #technology #tension #threshold #time #transition #YugaCycles

Heart Beat of Time - 08-16-2023

All right, one more time. Hello, guys. Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's almost nine Wednesday morning.

Heading inland to do some shopping and chores, chopping and anyway, wanted to talk about the idea of the the novelty theory. But even more than that, aspects of the novelty theory that may actually exist, okay, they may be able to be projected as a result of Cozy Rev's work on time in the 60s. So Kozi Rev was a Russian scientist. Quite brilliant. Ended up pissing off the fishildom and being sent to a gulag for counter revolutionary thinking and no good in the old Soviet days.

But in any event, so they let him out of the gulag ten years early, after he'd only been there for ten years and for ten years. So that isolated him from physics, from everything. He had no equipment or any of this in the gulag. He was digging coal in Siberia. In any event, though, during that period of time, he did a lot of thinking, and he came up with a whole bunch of experiments, which they performed single lane road here and a pilot car.

They performed these experiments through the 60s, okay? So without going into all of the different experiments and the nature of what they were attempting to get at and so on, there was a common observation that came through all of these experiments that were involved with time, okay? So cozy. Rev was experimenting with time. He wanted to find out stuff about time, and he did a good job.

There was a lot of thought that went into it over the ten years that he was in the gulag and didn't have equipment and couldn't do anything, and he was digging coal.

Actually, I think he was also cutting wood. They was out on a wood harvesting thing in Siberia. He was in a Siberian gulag. In any event, though, so he comes up with all these experiments that go to the nature of time, and without going into those, there was a common observation that occurred in all of the experiments. It showed up in all of them relative to time, regardless of what aspect of time was being investigated.

And here's the gist of it, okay? They had an observation that Kozarev could say, when things are involved with time, there will be this effect. And this effect is hard for me to describe, but it's very easy for me to illustrate with a quick graphic, because with a graphic, you would easily draw this particular shape, and everybody would say, oh, yeah, I get that, I grasp that. But here's the idea.

It's an aspect of pressure, okay? So time exhibits aspects that are apparent pressure. And so it's very much in terms of how it manifests, it's very much like a pressure cooker where you put your rice or your millet or something in the little pressure cooker. And you put your water in there and you put the top on and the little weight, and then you put it in heat. Put it on some heat, and you wait for the pressure to build up.

Okay. And when the pressure builds up, you know it because the little weight is overcome by the pressure. It rises up and steam comes out and there's that hissy noise, the noise or however the hell the machine makes it anyway. And so that takes some duration in order for that to occur. And so you put it on there and at some point after it has heated up and so on, there will be pressure building up from the evaporation of the water, from the heat that can't escape and so the pressure keeps going.

Time itself seems to function in this same manner in that there is a pressure threshold before there is manifestation of result from causality. So this where it gets really tricky in talking about all this. You got to be really precise but you have to define the terms so that everybody understands. So if you're in a meeting about this shit, you know that everybody is talking about these terms in exactly the same way, right?

And this setup, this observation that Cozy Riv made continues to exhibit no matter how he approached demonstrating causality and result as demonstrable manifestations of time, he would always get this building threshold being crossed and then the event and in the process of that event manifesting, the metrics involved would drop slightly. So if you were plotting it, you would have a line that would rise at some steep angle upward. It would reach a particular peak. And then as we see in things like stock market charts or even blood pressure or heartbeat even it's all there. It's everywhere.

The same dynamic repeats everywhere in reality, in all aspects of reality. Chemistry in your heartbeat. Like I say, pumping blood, thinking everything is driven by time. And it all repeats this same pattern, which is this rise up to a threshold, the crest of the threshold. A slight drop as the event is manifest into reality.

As the result of the causality occurs, there will be always a diminuation of the energies involved at some level as the manifestation takes place. And there's reasons to we can go into to explain this, as to why this happens, why this occurs, why this is a necessary component of time. But at the moment we're not going to go into that. We're not going to deal with that. But we are living through or in.

Okay? So we live in a time based reality. This time based reality puts this particular observable flow dynamic on everything from chemical reactions, biochemical reactions, growth, how we would talk about kids having growth spurts, how they'd seemingly grow and then sort of sort of stop growing for a while, right? It's not a continuous process. So there are no continuous processes within our reality.

Everything works on this pulse because time provides this pulse which creates impulse, which creates waves, which creates all forms of energy within our manifesting reality right within the material.

So we can plot that same kind of like rise up, slight drop down and then a little bit of a flat plateau and then another rise up just like on your blood pressure. Just like if you look at the little graphs on your blood pressure as they're taking your blood pressure and it, you know, does that, what do they call it? Sinusoidal rhythm, right? And that is part of the manifestation that we get out of time on all things. So it is not a surprise that, for instance, my work with linguistics would discover that we had, quote, pressure coming through on language that would exhibit exactly the same kind of graphic dynamic as does time, as does the heartbeat, as does the pulsing of the sun.

All of these things now in our manifesting reality, where most of us don't care about, to a great degree about the millisecond by millisecond aspects of causality and we only deal in the world of results. This is a key function for us, right, because we can say that, oh, well, we'll get a result at this point when this particular energy has crested this level of threshold and we may not be able to predict it. Some things we can predict. So you can predict that kind of thing in, say, a chemical reaction. If you knew that you had so many moles of this chemical and so many moles of that chemical and you were mixing them together and you're going to get a chemical reaction, you can say that.

Well, based on the molecular density of this particular element within the chemical reaction, we will get our manifestation, our result, our completion of the blending, the compounding of these chemicals at this point because we can anticipate the time involved because it's all of the known quantities. And we've got that formula for how fast certain chemical reactions occur pretty well. Delineated all right. And so what I was trying to do in a sense that wasn't my goal, but one of the things that my work aimed into was being able to do a prediction on manifestation of causality relative to language. And so in the process, in the early days of doing the work, I discovered that, well, jeez, there's various different kinds of pressure here linguistically, but they all seem to behave in either a building tension fashion or a release tension fashion.

And the language was subtly different and the emotional elements was different in each. And so I could start determining, oh, this word being used in this way with these adjectives is a manifestation of building tension, right? Or I could say that, oh, look, that same word now has these adjectives and is showing up in this level of density and we're about to get a release episode around it because we're getting release adjectives building up.

It was fairly reliable that way. Okay, hang on, just get a shut down here. So we could do that, we could anticipate release occurrences off of building tension. At some point, maybe it was 2002, I started figuring that out. And then by 2003, I was able to make better and better projections relative to timing for the manifestation of something that was within the building language.

So you would see this in humans in a gross situation where you got two guys, they're at a restaurant, for whatever reason, their moods are compatible with each other, with the intent of contention, okay? So they may not be pissed going in, but whatever, they're all set. They get in, their circumstances develop. And then you have contention between these two guys. Before there's actually any physical interaction, there will be a rising amount of tension.

They'll be building tension, language. And you've heard it before, how they talk to each other before the fight, so on and so on, right? Not necessarily swearing at each other, but building up to the point where one of them will cross a threshold. They will have had their emotional building tension up to a certain point and then they will have a release episode within their mind and they'll start swinging. And that's the reaction, that's the dynamic, they've crossed that threshold and the fight is on.

So we see these kinds of activities all throughout our reality, this building tension peak, little tiny bit of a drop and then a plateau as the manifestation occurs. Now we're living in that at this point as we get further into the manifestation, the emergence of this next level of novelty theory relative to humans. So here's where it gets quite a bit tricky, okay? That same level of building tension dynamic with its peak and then a slight drop and then a plateau, that applies to grouping tensions as well. So that design pattern manifests in groups of humans at all different levels.

And as you can see, for instance, we have potential contention and potential civil war here in the United States with some of these assholes shooting at each other and that kind of thing, but mainly not because we haven't crossed that level of tension in the release language, right? And so everybody knows the tension is building. You got a lot of people saying, hey, we're headed towards civil war, but we don't actually have it. Yada, yada, yada, right, we haven't crossed that threshold. When we do, then there's a dynamic, then things happen, then there is the actual conflict.

And there are a lot of people that know these kind of things and they're attempting to manage this and diffuse it so that we don't get into a shooting war here, that we don't get into a civil war.

So anyway, so as I say, it applies to large scale human activity as well as individual heartbeats and that kind of thing. And you can make predictions around this now, relative to novelty theory, here's what is happening.

The shift, for instance, in an individual. So you got an individual, you got a human that's got some problems with their heart, for instance, okay? And so they go into AFib occasionally, as they go into AFib fibrillation, as they go into this erratic heartbeat, they cross that threshold. There's the building tension. And then when it drops down into when it peaks and then drops into the plateau area, it goes into another form of action.

And you get the AFib. It doesn't go back to a regular beat. It gets irregular for whatever reason involved, doesn't matter. It happens at that point. And then you're into AFib, which has a slightly different heartbeat action.

But the whole of the AFib episode can be thought of as one of these building tensions into release tension, because if you're aware of the AFib, then it becomes a real problem on your mind. And then at some point, you need it to stop. And so then you get into release, and then you have a release within yourself that way. Okay? So in other words, going from a regular heartbeat into AFib can be considered to be crossing a chaotic threshold, but is also an elevation of the function of the heart relative to the amount of electricity going into it that causes the beats as it is.

And so, for whatever reason, at that point, you're getting more electricity into the heart and it's becoming irregular in its beating operation, may go faster. I don't think that they have AFib that goes slower as a rule. But in any event, though, so this is a pattern. And we are living through one of those patterns now where our social order is going through a regular heartbeat and it's about to get more energy. We're about to up level the amount of energy going into we finally get to go here.

We've been waiting on the pilot car. So we're finally getting into that point where we're able to or there will be this manifestation as we get into the next up leveling of the Algo, basically from universe that controls novelty, et cetera, right? We're at a situation where now everything contributes to novelty within universe. So the Yuga system is set up by universe to provide us a non static base that we can potentially create novelty from. So as the Yugas change, we get more and more energy from Galactic Center and we become better humans, so to speak, right?

We become more involved humans, more aware humans, et cetera, because there's more of these Galactic Center emanations. This is after we get out of the Kali Yuga, as we have 325 years now. And we're into the Dwapara Yuga, the Bronze Age, and it is short jeez. Anyway. And so we're now getting into these new ages where we're getting more energy from Galactic Center and humanity is going to up level.

All right? As a result of more of these energies. We're not as dense as we were. We're not as mentally dense as we were in the Kali Yuga. And you can plot our technology blooming and all these advancements and everything against these Yuga cycles and see that this is fairly factual, easily plotted.

And so we know that Universe is providing these things in order that there might be up leveling of complexity and up leveling of complexity towards the idea of creating novelty. And that's the whole goal, right, is more novelty, better novelty, et cetera. And we're right there now that we're taking this, we are in the process of reaching that peak, and then we're going to drop down into a new drop slightly, but then we'll come into a new level here of novelty production. And that level of novelty production is going to be literally a whole order of magnitude over the novelty production that we have been used to. So just as though you can see that in the middle of the Kali Yuga, back about 500 Ad or so, 500 current era, back about that far, people were riding on donkeys.

You didn't talk to but maybe 30 people in your whole life. If you lived in a village, you could live and die in a village. Your lifespan was relatively short, maybe 30 or 40 years, and you could live your whole life and not see more than 30 or 40 people. And so the amount of stimulation, the amount of variance, the amount of complexity was relatively little. Now we're getting into the point where every time you turn around, some shit's happening.

You've got Internet connecting you to everybody so that there's just so much coming in, there's so much more information that we were in a giant up leveling of information and complexity over what had occurred when people were riding around on donkeys and pulling loads of goods up and down the Nile with horses and ropes, right? That kind of thing. So we've had this big uptick on that level. Now we're about to take another one of those. Okay, so here's the way these things are thought to work out.

The Kali Yuga is split into two. Like all the Yugas are split into two. So you have a descending. So going away from the emanations of Galactic Center and an ascending of all of the ages of the Kali Yuga, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age, and the Kali means Iron. It's the Iron Age.

So the Iron Age, the Bronze Age, the Silver Age and the Gold Age. And you have an ascending and a descending on each of these. Now, as you go from one age to another, there is a one quarter of the time involved algorithm or design pattern, okay? So Universe would have the Kaliyuga be one quarter in length of the Golden Age. And when the Kaliyuga converts over to the Bronze Age, as we are in now, you go through a period of time where you're like losing the hangover of the Iron Age, where your people are becoming more and more intelligent.

They're being more intelligent as more emanations come in from Galactic center. And thus the whole population is being elevated mentally by these emanations as you go forward. And so the Kali Yuga halves, each half of it, the descending half and the ascending half, are each 1200 years old or 1200 years long. Within that, there's a one quarter of the distance thing, just like with radiations out in space. So one quarter of the distance away from the microwave, you've lost the square of the power.

So the power level drops down massively with distance. We have that within time. We find that this same pattern repeats in aspects of time, that is to say, duration aspects of time. So the Kaliyuga, each half of which is 1200 years. So in that 2400 years, we get this thing where as we are into the Ascending One now, and as we're leaving the Ascending One, one quarter of the time involved in each half in the Ascending One will be used to shed the hangover, so to speak, of that age.

So you have 1200 years of the ascending Kali Yuga, which we popped out of in 1698, and then we're going to have another 300 years, which was one quarter of that 1200 years in which we will transition from the mindset, the density of the Iron Age into the slightly more mentally sparkly Bronze Age, right? And so we do that for 300 years, and then we have a quarter of that distance, which would be 75 years, one quarter of the 300. And that 75 years is the period of time in which we set the themes for the developing New Age. So we're 25 years into that 75 year period. I know it's complicated, guys.

Basically what it's all saying is that there's a transition period, and we only have 50 years left of this transition period before we're, like, rock solid into the Bronze Age. But within this transition period, if you look around, you can see the themes, the driving mental focus that will be dominating this particular age. And so we know we're coming into an age of science, technology, et cetera, et cetera. And actually that's why we're having these big battles over all the non science nut jobs, the Khazarian Mafia trying to hold us back into the Kaliyuga. And so this is really all part of the novelty thing.

Okay? So the Khazarian Mafia gained power through the Yuga because of the density of humans and because of their particular predatory approach to dealing with things and their clanish behavior, right? Okay, so the Khazarian Mafia here has been trying to suppress the advance of humanity into the Bronze Age because they lose power when we think, right? When we're thinking we're not going to fall for their horseshit. When you're really thinking, you say, no, a central bank.

That's slavery. You're enslaving me to a hidden inflation that you're going to say is 2%, but it'll never be that. It'll be eight and ten and 12%, and you'll be hiding it the whole time and lying to me the whole time. The whole point of the Central Bank is to lie and thief and enslave me. And I can see this, so I don't want to have anything to do with it.

And so, consequently, in the Bronze Age, if everybody thinks that way, then we won't involve ourselves with their fiat currency and we'll do something else. And the Khazarian mafia will greatly lose power, as they are doing now. So we're seeing the collapse of the Soros empire. We're seeing the collapse of all of these skim empires where they make money because they control the money supply, and they rake off and they rob through currency exchange trades, all of this different kind of stuff. It's another layer of hidden enslavement by taxation on the money.

And so now we're at this point where we're reaching a peak, and we can all see that. We can see that inflation is reaching a peak to the point where we're going to kick over into hyperinflation. That will not last long, okay? That will probably last less than four months, maybe five, because we're a large country. There's very few countries like ours that have gone through hyperinflationary periods.

So when the Soviet Union collapsed, they did not go hyperinflationary. The devaluation of the currency from the outside was used to destroy the Soviet system by Reagan's people, but they did not enter into a hyperinflation. There were a few bits and pieces of it in few areas in the Soviet Union, but in general, the currency collapsed and it seriously collapsed. And everybody's reaction was to go to outside currencies. So they just basically abandoned their own internal ruble, the Soviet ruble, and they used it as markers, but they were using outside currencies as a basis for supporting any supposed purchasing value within that within that currency.

Okay. All right. I know getting really long and far afield here, but basically what's happening is we're crossing this threshold just as the Soviets did when there is an external pressure trying as the Kazarian Mafia has been doing for the last 300 plus years has been trying to retain their power which was entirely derived from their position within the Kaliyuga. And it's going to fail anyway because the Kaliyuga is no longer in effect, and none of us will be able to ever alter this at all. The only thing they think they've been able to do is to slow it down a little bit.

Right? So anyway, all that's going on, and this is the point at which our complexity becomes cominoric and we enter into this next level of novelty. So as much as you think there's new shit going on now, if you're into science, there's new stuff happening on science every day. If you're into sports, there's new stuff happening there every day. Medicine, health, anything, money.

There's just so much new stuff happening, it's difficult to keep up with it. And you find yourself not really even able to branch out to some other area of interest because there's so much new stuff in your primary area. And so no matter where we go, we're going to get this new stuff, novelty thing at a huge level. Now that we've reached this next level. And it's manifesting now.

Lots of people had predicted this to occur on 2012. Maybe that was the start of it, maybe that was the peak at a particular level of emotional threshold. And now we're into the new pattern that will be developing the next level up. This is very much like gaming where you go through a software game and you've done everything in a particular level. You get the final magic tomato or whatever the fuck it is, and you're promoted, so to speak, into the next level of complexity.

And everything gets a lot harder. So the challenges become harder. That's where we're at now. The challenges are going to become harder and we're going to have to decide how we're going to deal with it on an individual and collective basis. The collective basis is going to be just a bitch to work out because everybody's going to be so fractured and pulled away by all of this stuff.

So you'll see a lot of people that just don't pay any attention to politics or don't pay any attention to science or nowadays everybody's pretty much paying attention to medicine because we all got fucked up by the Pandemic, right? But even the Pandemic, they planned that. They wanted to kill all these people. This whole genocide thing was part of the Khazarian mafia trying to retain control. Universe won't have it, it won't allow it.

There were people that they killed. Obviously, as shit happens like this, these elements, so to speak, the Kazarian mafia attempting to do the Pandemic, the failure of the fiat currency, the mother Weffers trying to their next scam, which is the climate thing, right? Everybody needs to lock down because there's going to be wind today or something, right? Anyway, all of that shit, as well as the land grab in Maui, all of these things are all part of this point of developing pressure. These are all weights on the pressure cooker of that particular level of interest.

So we know that there's a desire for the mother Weffers to own all this property in Hawaii. We know that Obama wants to expand his Hawaii base. And so they direct the Dew weapons. They have the Chinese map, all of Hawaii with their lasers last year, and then this year they have the Dew weapons come on down and surgically remove those areas that they don't want people in, that they want to buy up. And then now, within just days, we've got a book out about it.

And within a couple of days, the government's now announcing that you can't sell the land. We're going to take it through eminent domain, so nobody can sell their land to anybody. Now, of course, the eminent domain means that they're just going to keep it and have a sweetheart deal for the insiders, right? And so that's the whole process. And the insurance companies are saying, we're not paying, and all of this kind of stuff.

So all this is all the building tension in that particular area. And this is the way it is with everything now. So we've passed out of the 25th year, okay? So within the 75 years in which we set our memes, our themes for the particular new age, that part of the transition. That part is also divided up into quarters.

And by the way, four is the number of time. And I can get into that at some other talk about what cozy rev discovered relative to time and digits, so to speak. But anyway, so that one quarter of that 75 years, slightly less than 20 years, and we're out of that. And in that period of time, we set the primary revision means, so to speak, right? So those things we're going to be undoing and redoing.

So we could go through now if we were smart enough and we had a big supercomputer and we could just look at all this language and stuff and say, okay, these are the areas that over the next 2400 years, humanity is going to be exploring. We know some of these things and it's really curious the way that it's coming out. If you'd done this exercise 200 years ago, you would say in 1894, when Yuktasvar analyzed what was going on, he was a Hindu scientist and mystic, and he analyzed what was going on and said, the themes for this particular Yuga will be ElectriCities and small particles. And indeed it is, but the small particles is crapping out. Okay, that's a stupid bad idea from the Kazarians that they put vast quantities of money into.

With all these atom smashers, the Large Hadron Collider and all of that kind of stuff, and that's reached its peak and it's about to collapse. It's going to be shown to be an absolute failure. Total waste of money, doesn't give them what they want. And their whole concept was bogus from the beginning because they were basically listening to Einstein and he didn't have a fucking clue. But as part of this is we are going to go into ElectriCities and energies and stuff, and we have investigated the small particles, but because it happened within the 300 years, it was one of the transition things that will be dropped.

So we know that we won't be dealing with quantum physics or particle physics at that level going forward. That in fact, it'll be the other it'll be the ElectriCities and the energy and. So on, which puts us back into the ether kind of an approach on things. So these things can be sussed out based on the algorithms that we can see relative to the yugas, relative to how time works and its functioning within humanity, how it manifests as a dynamic change within humanity. And as I wanted to say, we are there now for the novelty, not we're smart.

Okay? So we are not going to expect politics to calm down once Trump is back in as president, okay? In fact, getting there is going to be a huge issue because we're going to have to cross one of those major peaks, one of those major thresholds in order to get that to occur. So there'll be all kinds of chaos leading up to that and then it'll just put us on a higher level of plateau from which we build the next level of peak. And that's the pattern that we're in now.

So we can expect that in fact the, as Trump becomes president again, that in fact we should have at that point a major escalation in dynamic activity within internal US. Politics because we will be dropping into this next level. So when we peak and we come down slightly from that peak and we hit that plateau, that next plateau relative to politics at that point will be the base for the building for the next 2100 years. And so we'll be building from this point on upward. So we're not going to be like going back.

Right?

It's a difficult concept to get across. I find it easier to sketch it out because you can draw these lines and it just sort of shows things in a nice orderly fashion that is more congenial to our minds, may not be more accurate. Right. Very difficult to quantify things like time in a graphic drawing. In any event though, our escalation, our step up, our next level up in complexity here relative because of the novelty theory, algo taking us up a notch should be quite spectacular.

But in the main, I bet you most people don't even recognize it because we've got so much other stuff going on that everybody's just going to be like too involved in the day to day part of all of it to be able to think about it in the larger context.

Wow, we were there a long time anyway. So it's interesting that we're at this point now, I've been doing work with time and language for long enough that I've been able to see our building and release language manifest and since like maybe 2008, but certainly by 2010 there was a domination of building tension. Language that had not existed in the, had not existed in the early 2000s. It sort of started creeping in in the early 2000s where building language would always dominate. You'd have more of that than you have release language.

Now the reverse of that is happening. We're getting more and more release language as people shed the tensions and the emotions right away that are being shoved into them by this step up in our novelty algorithm. And so at the moment I suspect we're going to or for this period of time, I suspect we're going to be going into release language dominant for maybe decades. I just don't know. Going to be hard to say.

They should even out at some point. That's my expectation in any event. But that point might literally be hundreds of years away for all I know. In any event, though, over these next years, you can guide your actions by presuming that whatever you're seeing in the area that interests you is going to become ever so much more complicated and convoluted and complex in any and all facets of it. So you could just sort of anticipate that, right?

So you can anticipate that, oh, there's going to be parts shortages on everything pretty much perpetually from now on for a number of different reasons and we can get into those at some point. And so you can also anticipate that there's going to be different solutions to this. There's going to be more complex solutions. So you may find that we get people that set up shops and they do production on demand of particular parts. So you're working on a car, you find a plastic part that's broken or rubber or whatever.

And so you take the plastic part and you go into one of these little shops because you can't find that part because maybe the companies that used to make it doesn't even exist anymore. But you go in with that part to the shop, they put it into a 3D scanner, they scan it, get all the metrics, maybe have to glue it back together, do a little bit of fiddling to make it fit. Maybe they've got software that does that, who knows? And then they sit there and they print that part for you. Maybe that's going to be our solution to the part issue is that we'll set up little stores everywhere that will produce parts on demand.

And then maybe they can do this for metal parts, but they have to send it to the information to a foundry and then the part gets mailed back to you. That kind of a thing, right? And so we won't be in a position so we're basically transiting from a position of auto parts stores where they would stash existing parts that pre made and so on. Maybe that's going to slowly die off as we have to morph into this other approach here. So I've run into that with people I do business with where guy's got a tree business and he's got a lift truck, one of those trucks that you sit in a little bucket and it lifts you up on this arm way to the top of the tree.

So you can trim the tree or cut it down in chunks or whatever, right? And perfectly functioning business and everything. And then some parts crap out on his lift truck and lo and behold, nobody's manufacturing those anymore. And so he's out of business until he can figure a solution, which basically is another lift truck which he had not anticipated buying because when you buy a piece of gear for your job like that, you just sort of automatically think that you'll be able to get parts and keep it in good repair. And in this case that didn't happen, right?

Could not happen. Well, now we're back to that point where it's probably going to be this kind of a way for all different kinds of stuff, which is not necessarily a good thing if you're used to the old situation. But at least it is our approach, and it's going to be ever so much more complex and ever so much more novel than had existed. So it's an upgrade in novelty for us to split out to decentralized and so on and diversified part production for our machinery. And from there maybe we're going to have individualized factories that start up, that kind of thing.

No one knows exactly how this thing is going to mature and develop as we go forward, but we know that we're in that point of manifesting change where change is written with a giant big sea and it's going to be dominating our lives. Well, it'll dominate the rest of my life, but probably that dominate the lives of everybody that is able to listen to this because it'll be continuing like this for 2100 years as we are in the Bronze Age.

So anyway, that's where we're at. I'm almost at my first stop. Sorry about that. This one ran a little bit long. At least it gave us the opportunity to get into some of this stuff here.

But the takeaway on this is that there is this repeating pattern that shows up in every fucking thing involving any kind of activity, life or dynamic action in our material. And this operating principle has this threshold thing that reaches a peak and then it drops slightly and then you're into a plateau from which the next level builds up. And we're able to see this pattern in all forms of activity so you can predict that it will occur. Everything from heartbeats to whether or not there's going to be a fight breakout in that bar or restaurant, right? And by anticipating these things you can hopefully guide yourself a little bit better through some of this shit we're all going to be going through in this transition as we manifest our new reality here.

And that's basically what we're doing. We're all little elements in universe's novelty game, right? And so it's up to us to do our best to aid universe in creating novelty and in so doing universe will reward us. There's algorithms in this game that say if you're a good novelty creator, we'll give you lots of money. And we see that this happens all the time.

We see these effects where artists and creative people get lots of money for being creative people. And it's sort of a quid pro quo. They may not understand it. They may just be going with it. They like singing and everybody else likes their singing, that sort of thing.

But, um, it's basically this algorithm from Universe, and you can take advantage of it. Okay, guys, I got a lot of stuff here, and apparently I'm going to be held up on the way back too. So anyway, that's a discussion of novelty theory and talk to you later.

Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Crispr Critters – 06-14-2023

Crispr Critters - 06-14-2023

Crispr Critters - 06-14-2023

Episode Summary:

The speaker shares personal insights and theories about inner abdominal fats and their effects on aging and health. Emphasizing the harmful effects of seed oils and the importance of specific exercises, systemic enzymes, and devices like zapper belts, the speaker discusses methods to reduce abdominal fat. Success stories are provided as evidence of the effectiveness of the methods. The speaker also humorously speculates about the existence of space aliens and human genetic modifications. The text is filled with conversational tones and a mix of scientific explanations and anecdotal evidence.

The speaker discusses their work with a group of unconventional, retired linguists, unbounded by institutional rules. They explore theories about space aliens like the L that dominated Earth during the Bronze Age, genetically modifying humans, and speculate about ancient historical events. The speaker also discusses the limitations of human genetic modification technology, such as CRISPR, and how it only burns out genes rather than inserting them. They criticize the misconceptions about genetic modification and emphasize the failure of attempts to insert genes. The speaker also makes an observation about coastal hawks.

The text discusses theories surrounding space aliens, human DNA modification, and their connection to various periods like Kaliyuga. It asserts that space aliens, adapted to galactic center emanations, visited Earth and altered human DNA, with emphasis on white people and Asians. The writer connects this with UFO sightings, suggesting they've increased post-Kaliyuga, possibly due to our position relative to the Galactic Center. The author also mentions deep-state studies on human genetic modification and speculates that this alien interaction may increase as we move towards the Silver and Golden Age.

The text discusses a theory linking sudden changes in food plants and animals to the involvement of space aliens and CRISPR technology. The author expresses skepticism towards Darwin's theory of evolution and mainstream religious beliefs, connecting ancient civilizations to extraterrestrial influences. The text further implies that the revelations about space aliens and GMOs in humans and plants may cause upheaval in traditional religious thought. Mention of traffic problems and new lines on the road are also included, leading to a closing note on the impending societal change.

#AbdominalFats #AFib #AdamAndEve #Aging #aliens #altered #animals #artifact #Asians #battling #Bible #BronzeAge #Bromeline #burn #burnoutAreas #burnoutProcess #BurstExercising #change #clone #coastalHawk #collateralDamage #consternation #constraint #coronavirus #corporate #corns #CRISPR #Crunches #damagePoint #Darwin #deepStateStudies #differentiation #discussions #DNA #DNAdamage #DNAModification #dogmaticReligion #drugs #EL ##evidence #evolution #explore #fact #faith #falcons #fish #foodAnimals #foodPlants #fossilRecord #fringePeople #frying #GalacticCenter #genePairs #genes #geneticallyModify #geneticallyModified #GeneticallyModifiedOrganisms #geneticModification #GoldenAge #GMO #God #Health #heartAttack #humanSacrifice #humans #IceAge #IndusValley #institution #invasion #Jews #Kaliyuga #KerryCassidy #KhazarianMafia #Kinesiologists lines #linguists #Liposuction #logs #machinery #Mahaparata #maize #medicines #Messiah #modified #MuscleTone #Muscles #name #NDA #physicalRelationships #plants #poisonousPlant #PolyunsaturatedFattyAcid #potatoes #problems #primates #pressure #Pyramids #RalphGroup #religion #research #residualCivilization #RespiratoryProblems #retired #ribBusiness #SeedOils #SilverAge #SimonParks #socialOrder #spaceAliens #spikeProtein #superBacteria #superiorBeing #supervirus #SystemicEnzymes #TorahLiterature #traffic #translation #truck #UFOActivity #unmodified #Upanishads #varieties #Vedas #war #wheats #WeightLoss #whitePeople #wonkiness #Yuga #ZapperBelts

Crispr Critters - 06-14-2023

You. Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's still the 14th, it's about 1030 ish heading out now, heading outward bound. So I have to head inland to do purchasing of almost any kind.

And then I have to head out to the coast, right? And I go until I hit the water and I stop. And that's where I live.

Interesting, though, I was talking earlier in the previous podcast about this idea of seed oils and inner abdominal fats. Turns out that these inner abdominal fats, the fat in between the internal organs, in the abdominal cavity, are hugely aging in the sense that if you have the fat stored inner abdominally, it puts pressure on the organs, causes all kinds of problems, and you end up with deteriorating health and a rapid aging. So you can overcome this. They've done some analyses, some kinesiologists and stuff, right? And they put on various different kinds of gear, had people exercise and so on.

They found out that these interabdominal fats will release and be shed even after things like liposuction and stuff, as long as you stop the seed oils, because the seed oils create those. And so you don't want to have any kind of seed oil intake because it'll put you into this particular kind of a process and build those back up. But if you do burst exercising, so they're saying like intense, intermittent kind of exercises. So not like 20,000 crunches, but like lots and lots and lots of real fast crunches in a short period of time, then that works, right? That'll work.

Well, there's another aspect of this that they didn't examine in this study on the fats, but it's not like they're easy to shed. But you can easily set yourself up into a process to whereby your body wants to shed the inner abdominal fats, and that is by a combination of these burst exercises. And I'll get to that in a second. And systemic enzymes. Now, what you want is not just digestive enzymes, but you want those in there, but you want systemic enzymes.

So Bromeline and some of these others, the Peptininides, I think they're called, they're systemic enzymes. And so they circulate through your system and they basically help attack the fat and get it in a position to be shed, even if it's been caused by seed oils, where it's not quite really fat. It's a puff up fatty acid, polyunsaturated fatty acid. And so the body doesn't have a real easy mechanism for getting rid of these. But if you take the systemic enzymes, that keeps a situation going where it AIDS that.

And then if you do the burst exercises, well, there you go. So I know a guy who he's in like maybe 54, mid fifty s, and he has that pregnant man look, right? He has the bulging abdomen. When he breathes, his abdomen doesn't really move. He's doing all of his respiration in the upper part of his lungs.

It's called caused all kinds of health issues. He's been going to doctors for monthly, weekly kind of thing for a long time, trying to deal with these issues because it's affected his his health in a very deletorious way, because of the breathing, because of the pressures that the inner abdominal fats put on the organs, which then in turn push back on his breathing. So he has breathing problems at night, all these kind of things, right? He's got to have one of those sleepy machines where it blows the air into your snout so you don't snore and have heart attacks, all of that kind of thing, right? He gets AFib as a result of this.

And so this was maybe so this would have been October. I was telling him about these enzymes and my approach to the burst exercises, to the intense exercises, and my approach is to simply buy one of those reasonably cheap zapper belts, okay? They're these exercise belts or I don't know really what they're called. I've got an old one, and I use it occasionally on some of the muscles that need stretching and so on. But you spray water on the belt on the inside of it.

It's got velcro, and you wrap it around your gut and you put it on, and then it's got a little tiny battery pack, and it sends little bursts of electricity into the muscles of the abdomen. And it does it in a particular pattern of like, 1234, and then 20 of them real rapid, and then a break, and then 1234, and then 20 of them rapid, and then four real deep ones and then so on, right? So it has this irregular pattern, and that's what you're after is the irregular pattern part of it all. It's okay to have a programmable one, even if it repeats the same pattern constantly. That's okay as long as there is a disruptive nature within the pattern, as long as it's not the same amount of electricity for 20 seconds or whatever.

So that it's a variant, and it causes this dynamic, basically, instability within the muscles. They quiver a little bit, and this causes the basically it gets the body to thinking it's got to get some energy here. And it starts using that because of where the electricity is directed and starts working on the inner abdominal fats. This guy I know, like I say, it was probably October, maybe it was early November. I was talking to him about it, and man, he was really quite noticeable, okay?

He had his shirts. They could never really quite button. If it fit him in his shoulders and his arms, it wouldn't fit him around the middle. So he's had all kinds of problems as a result of this, but he's like, hugely reduced now. He's, like, lost over a quarter of the mass that used to push out from his abdomen.

His doctor is really pleased. He's down to one visit a month, sort of like a maintenance how are you doing kind of thing. He's off a lot of the drugs he used to take, and he's feeling a lot fitter, and he's getting a lot more muscle tone, too, because the little electric jolts to the abdomen have a tendency to sort of energize the whole system. And he's out there doing regular exercise now, going out and being much more active and so on, right? So it does work.

I've known other people that have done it. Depending on how large the mass of abdominal fats is, it can take a year to lose. But it's continuous, it's steady. So you see the progress. So you don't really sweat it much, right?

As long as you don't eat the seed oils. And so some people, they get into hidden seed oils and they're just not aware that they're getting them, but that's just enough to keep it triggered. And they run into these barriers or periods where they're sort of in limbo, and it's because there's a hidden source of seed oil in their diet. And this guy was talking about he found one in his breakfast cereal. He thought he was eating some high quality cereal for breakfast.

I don't know, whatever. He told me the brand name at one time, but I didn't remember it. But it's not your regular old cornflakes or anything, right? But in any event, it was made with seed oil. And once he eliminated that, his weight loss and the mass loss came back.

And now he's at that point where the mass loss is much more noticeable day by day by day than it used to be when he started. So the further you progress into it, the more the results show up anyway. So it does work, and you can do that. And maybe it'll keep the space aliens from snatching you and wanting to snort your fats.

Really? They huff them? They don't snort them. It's a question of they burn them.

So I've got a developing theory, right? And so this developing theory goes along on the ideas that the space aliens landed here. They pretended to be gods for a bunch of our cultures. They set themselves up as gods for a bunch of our cultures. The L mucked about with us in our DNA.

And we're all basically GMO, right? We're all basically genetically modified organisms.

I've had some discussions with some of my Ralph group. This is the radical ass linguistic fuckers. Right? Basically, it's a bunch of old retired linguists doing research that is not bound by institutions. So I've never worked for an institution, and I never signed an NDA.

And I'd always off be doing side hustles and inventing shit and this sort of thing. So it's never really been a big deal to me. But some of these guys I'm working with have been corporate creatures all their lives. 35 years at the same organization. One guy there was working for Lockheed Martin and he was like, 37 years.

Anyway, so they appreciate these guys appreciate being able to just explore this stuff without any kind of a constraint on what we learn and where we're headed with it. And some of the things that we've come up with are perhaps a bit disturbing at some level. It's factual. And then you go over to the speculation as to the why. So we have a lot of facts, and then we come up and we say, okay, now why did this occur?

Right? And so one of the things we can ask is why did the space aliens come here and invade at the end of the last Silver Age, right? And they were invading, and they dominated the 2400 years of the last previous Bronze Age. And then some of them, the L stuck around for most of the Kaliyuga, but then they took off. All right?

So we can speculate. We can say that. Well, there's indications that the L, as well as the other space alien, all the other space aliens that the L came with or were fighting with, we don't know how that occurred. So the L may have arrived here independently. They may have been part of this larger body and split off with them.

Nonetheless, the larger body left many centuries, perhaps over a thousand years before the L ended up leaving. And this is the whole abandonment thing with the Jews. This is the whole second coming thing. This is the whole Messiah thing all wrapped up with the L because they said, hey, we're going to come back, right? And the L were attempting to genetically modify people.

We know this is factual because the Judeans recorded and the Jews, who are not Judeans, who are Khazarians, who are Ashkenazi in their Talmud and everything, they record that it took like 100 plus years for Adam and Eve to be created, and that's when the Jewish calendar begins, is with the creation of Adam and Eve. But there were humans here for so that's not the first persons, right? Those are not the first men. There were millions, billions of people that had lived here prior to the L creating their GMO products. And we know that we're GMO because we've discovered some interesting stuff here.

It's been known, but it hasn't been discussed. And it's coming out in an interesting way at the moment and in its circulation. Okay? So here's the thing.

We have machine and software for genetically modifying things, okay? So we call our machine CRISPR, all right? Like, you got some crispy fries, okay? So this implies heat. This implies frying, right?

And so we call it CRISPR, and we don't call it insertomatic or the insertion machine or anything. We call it CRISPR. It's going to burn stuff out. And so here's the actual facts of the matter. You get a lot of these fringe people that will tell you that, oh, blah, blah, blah, genetically modified cloned all this kind of thing, right?

And this is all horseshit. Maybe aliens can do that, but there's no sign of that, okay? So we humans cannot insert genes into DNA cleanly, all right? It took falki's people like, five years just to get the spike protein to attach to the outside of a coronavirus. It wasn't monkeying around with any of the DNA of the coronavirus.

It just got this thing. It took them that long to get it to attach to the outside. So our CRISPR works not by inserting genes. It has not got that capacity, okay? All it can do is burn out a gene sequence.

And it's not that precise in how it burns it out. So you get a lot of collateral damage. And so when you try and do GMO kind of things, you get a lot of wonkiness simply because it's not very precise. Our machinery and our understanding is less than super efficient. Now, on the other hand, that's also true of the L, okay?

The Elohim were not that good. They did not insert genes. So humans have 23 gene pairs, right? And so our 23 gene pairs are one gene pair less than most of the other primates. There are a couple of primates that have 28 gene pairs, but almost all of them have 24.

So we are superior than in arguably than apes, et cetera, et cetera. We're probably the dominant native species on the planet, but we have one fewer gene pairs than most other primates. So it worked by destroying a gene pair on us. Now, here's what we find. If you actually look at human DNA, we can see that we're Gmoed because there is an artifact of the burnout process in our second set of gene attachment in our DNA.

So if we go down and we go through all of our genes and check them all out, our gene pairs, all 23 of them, when we get to number two, we find that if you look at all of their primates, we don't have the number two and the number three organized the way that all of their primates do. We have our number two indicating that there used to be two genes there. It is an artifact of being Crisped, of being burnt out. So they burnt out what used to be our number two gene, and therefore three became two, et cetera, et cetera. Right?

But there is a damage point at the old number two where that attached. Our damage point is indicating that we were GMO'd and that they used CRISPR technology. So we are not a superior being by virtue of genes being inserted into our DNA.

None of the stuff we do with genes in any other organism is anything other than burning out and destroying some in order to cause change. So not something that most people understand. So most of the Simon Parks or Kerry Cassidy, any of these kind of people, right, they think we can insert genes. They think we can just create shit. And this is what the Khazarian mafia want you to believe, this, right?

They really want you to believe that it's possible for them to create a supervirus by shoving all these genes into a new organism or a super bacteria or something, right? We can't do it. And you know that they would do it if they could. They're desperate to do it. They've been spending millions and billions of our dollars for decades and decades to do it, only to fail repeatedly, constantly.

They cannot insert a gene and even the L could not insert. So when they made Adam and Eve, they took natives here and created Adam and Eve. And for Eve it took seven years after they had Adam as a pattern and they used his genes to create her, the whole rib business, right? And it took them seven years and we don't know how many they killed of their trials before they got know. There's some of the numbers you can't really trust in the Torah literature because it goes to the idea of particular kind of understanding of numeracy and why they insert the numbers.

But in any event though, so we know it was seven years and it may have been hundreds, maybe thousands of attempts to create female for Adam and they failed. Wow. Coastal hawk don't usually see those here.

They usually are just in the brush on the coast. Very fast creatures. They're almost as fast as falcons. A falcon can dive at over 200 miles an hour. Coastal hawks are a little bigger, they've got bigger feathers and so forth.

So they're not quite as fast, maybe. They'll certainly do over 100 miles an hour on a dive. And it's a small one pound bird, but coming at you 100 miles an hour, that's going to hurt. Itch it anyway though, we've got burnout areas in our genetics we know we're modified. There are unmodified humans on this planet, okay?

And there's whole strains of them all over the place. And the Ashkenazis, the Khazarians and the Jewish society that they're wrapped in wants to destroy white people. Well, white people are Gmoed, okay? There's no question about that. We are the GMO on the planet and the space aliens engineered us.

They fucked with our DNA for everybody, but they really did it for the white people, right? And so we have suppositions about various aspects of the genetic modification of humans from other primates, let's just say over 250,000,000 years ago, that kind of thing, right? So we've been around a long time, but the nature of what the L tried to do with us is still very interesting and we don't know why they did it anyway. But on timing, I think there's reasons that the space aliens came and invaded us at the time they did. I think that these reasons are involved with the energy from Galactic center and that's what personally, I think that's what caused them to leave.

I think that these space aliens come from a place that's much closer to the center of the galaxy. And in that sense, they are like habituated to or used to a certain level of energy coming out of galactic center emanations, whatever kind of radiation that actually is, they're used to a certain level of it that's much higher than we'll ever achieve out here. And that's why I think they built the guns, their bubbles, their electronic blisters that covered up huge areas of land. And these were to retain or hold in levels of energy so that the space aliens would feel comfortable and have more or less the same kind of environment they had had at home with the same level of galactic center Emanations. But at some point, we got so far away from the angle that allows the galactic center to get the radiations back to us.

And so that's our Kaliyuga. And so most of the space aliens left before the Kaliyuga, before it got that bed, the L stayed around. So they were atypical relative to the rest of the space aliens that came in this early expedition, and they hung around a lot longer. Not necessarily a good thing. We don't know why.

And then they left at about maybe 100 BCE.

We would think of it as 100 Ad. 100 current area, still well within the Kaliyuga even before the peak of it. Now, if there was a galactic center connection through its Emanations to our area, to space alien invaders, so if there's a galactic center connection to the space alien invaders, in other words, they're coming from the areas where they get more of these rays, more of the Emanations from galactic center. And so they're all pumped up on it and stuff, and they come on out here and they leave when it becomes too dense. So we have too little of those rays coming in.

These guys leave because they just can't take it, right? And it's just too bleak for them, so to speak, and they all take off. Now, if that were a reasonable supposition, and if that was a supposition that reflected a pattern, in fact, and in history, then we could postulate that they may be back, that the space aliens would come back and interact with us, but they would not come back and interact with us within the Kaliyuga. They would come back and interact with us as we got out of the Kaliyuga and got into the bronze age, the ascending bronze age, which is what we're in now. They would come back because of the level of galactic center emanations reaching the area would be of a sufficiency for them to feel comfortable or whatever it is that is causing them to react to it.

And this is, again, speculation assumption, right? But it is curious that we have all kinds of reports of space aliens carved into rocks and all this sort of thing. Mesoamericans Chiseling very extensive multilayered, multidimensional drawings of space aliens and their craft using devices, this sort of thing. And all this happens before the Kaliyuga. Then we come into the Kali yuga.

And we lose a lot of that impetus towards creating documentation about this, whether it's carved in stone or written on a papyrus or whatever. Right. But we notice that the documentation levels of this kind of thing drop precipitously as we go into the Kaliyuga. And then now here we are on the other side of the Kaliyuga and hey, 1947 we get the UFOs being seen near Mount Rainier. Now, they were here before that, but we came out of the Kaliyuga in the 17 hundreds.

So we're 325 years beyond the Kaliyuga now and look at how much space alien activity or UFO activity, we don't know there's actually space aliens, but UFO activity is showing up. Right. So there's a whole lot more activity now than was recorded two or 300 years ago. And it is not, in my opinion, due to the lack of the ability of humans to record it in the past because we were so stupid or didn't have pencils or paper or whatever, or film and video and stuff. Rather it is because we're out of the Kaliyuga and the UFO visitation is really ramping up.

So this is an interesting idea that it may be where we are relative to the Galactic Center that induces visitation by UFOs. And so if this is the case, then 1 may presume that as we go further towards Galactic Center and further towards the Silver and Golden Age from within our Bronze Age, that we'll find more and more and more interaction with UFOs and then ultimately interaction with whoever the hell is piloting and owns these things. Just an idea, right? It seems so far to be holding water, this idea. We'll have to see if it progresses and maintains the same level of fulfillment or integrity.

So we could have all the UFO visits drop off and cease like right away, right? Just not have any more after this. I don't think that's going to be the case. They appear to be ramping up. We're having more and more and more on a monthly basis and in an annual basis.

They're getting more intense and more bizarre as we go on. So I don't think that we're going to be into it like a downward trend. Thus I think that this does have a tendency to support the idea that where we are positionally relative to Galactic Center is an aspect of why we are being visited. Right. It's an aspect of why we are attractive to them, is somehow interrelated to the fact that we don't have Galactic Center emanations constantly.

If we did, humans would be a lot smarter, everything would be a lot smarter. It'd be an entirely different solar system that we're in. So that was just a bit of information about that and the CRISPR thing. So we know that humans are genetically modified. There are some I think they're deep state, we'll just call it that.

There are some deep state studies relative to genetic modification of humans, and they're going out and doing DNA sampling, and they're trying to get some of these groups that are, like, isolated to provide DNA samples and so forth. And so I have heard that they've not found any uncrisped they've not found any 24 gene pair humans. There probably are some, but they haven't found any. So everybody's got 23 gene pairs, but they have indeed found that there's that well, let me just put it this way, okay? So white people and Asians are most likely to carry the most damage in the DNA at gene adhesion point number two, right?

And really what happened is that the gene pair in number two got burned out, and so our number three became number two. But there's an extra gap there. There's an extra little bit of space, so to speak, in the DNA that shows up. And as a result of that, they're able to pinpoint people with this. Now, everybody has this to some degree, but the level of damage is more severe, more telling, in the DNA of white guys and Asians.

I won't go into that. But there's this one guy that works for I knew him at department of fisheries when it was still department of fisheries before it became merged with wildlife.

Anyway, he was in what they called the head lab, and he did lots of DNA stuff on fish. And he saw a number of signs that in his mind, suggested to him that our food animals and our food plants had also been altered. Now, this is interesting because there's coincidental physical relationships between our foodstuffs and humans. So we find that, for instance, there was a particular point where all of a sudden there was just a bloom of humans all through south America. And at that same point, there's one particular poisonous, very deadly poisonous plant turns into over 300 varieties of potatoes.

And that that occurs those 300 varieties of potatoes. That differentiation occurs in an extremely small period of time, like over the course of 40 years. Insofar as the fossil record is concerned, we can't pinpoint it down to a particular year, but maybe it happened like, in a particular year, but over this period of about 40 years, they've got the record of 300 varieties of potatoes emerging. And this is not alone. We also see this has happened with maize, with corns, we see it with wheats.

We see it with all kinds of plants and animals that we end up then interacting with and using as food that did not exist before those humans were put there. So anyway, so I'm of the opinion that evolution is described by Darwin as horseshit, that he left out so much of the evidence and ignored so much of the evidence and was totally ignorant of the Kali Yuga and totally ignorant of our previous human social societies. Right? So he didn't know about the he was of the opinion that the pyramids were made in this current modern era. Probably he was of the opinion that they were created by the Jews because the Jews were saying, oh, well, we were the slaves and we built the pyramids, which is horseshit.

The pyramids predate the last ice age. And so Darwin didn't know about a lot of this stuff. So he had a particular naradigm that suggested that it was just straightforward linear progression from cavemen to where we are now. And that's not the case. We go through these great civilizations that then crash and then us fuckers rebuild and then get a new civilization, which is what we're doing now.

We're in the rebuilding process. And then it crashes and it starts all over again. And this is coincident with the Yuga, which is coincident with much reduced emanations from galactic center. Also in the Kaliyuga, we get human sacrifice, which does not appear right. So they didn't even have war in the Silver Age.

In the Indus Valley with millions of people living there. There was no sign of war toys, there was no sign of arsenals. There was no sign of religion at all, right? There were no synagogues, churches, no buildings set aside for any kind of religious worship. There were no idols found.

There was just nothing. They just didn't have the concept anyway. So our interaction with the people that fucked with our genes and stuff goes so far as to include our foods and a lot of the things that we consider to be medicines in terms of these kind of plants. We're actually some of our Ralph's here, our radical ass linguistic fuckers, we're also exploring food and drug plants that were drugs because a lot of these appear to be Gmoed, right? Long before we got to them, long before humans had CRISPR.

But nonetheless, these things seem to show that they also had CRISPR impacts on them.

Yeah, sorry about that. Got a bit of traffic stuff here. When we have traffic problems out here, it's usually really fucking dangerous because you're talking about 50,000 pounds of logs on a truck, giant log trucks anyway, though. So I'm very careful. We have new lines, by the way.

The county came out and printed new lines. It's just like blinding. They won't last. Tourists will wear them down really quick.

Anyway, so we're at that point where I think over these next few years we're going to get into the serious way, get into space aliens. This is going to cause a lot of pressure on dogmatic religion, right, where people will say, I believe the Bible, and this is in spite of the fact that you can prove it was badly translated, that most of the Bible being the Old Testament. And so in spite of the fact that you can prove that the original language was not what is in English in any way, shape or form, right? Even though you can prove that factually, they are dogmatic in saying that somehow this was their God that made these words appear this way through these translators or whatever the fuck. And they're going to believe it no matter what, right?

So they are firm adherence and that's fine. I like people with faith. That's good. It'd be better for me if faith could be based on fact, but that's neither here nor there. But this is going to put a huge bit of pressure on these guys as we go forward because of the nature of what we're getting into here, with the discussions of the space aliens inevitably bringing up Gmoed humans, Gmoed plants and animals, et cetera, et cetera, and the fact that all of our religions are based on space aliens.

So almost all of the Vedas, all of the Mahaparata and Upanishads and all of this are based on a space alien presence. That space alien presence was battling against what we think was a residual civilization from before the Ice Age. A residual human civilization. But we know they were battling it, but we don't know who was in what position or what the roles were or any of that.

But nonetheless, as you can see, this is going to cause some level of considerable consternation with religious people when you come on up and tell them that, hey, guy, the word in your Bible that's been translated into the word God is in fact, in the original. It's just simply a word for the name for the space aliens. It's their name. And we don't know what it means. It's just their name.

As I say, this is going to cause some humans a whole lot of problems as we go forward with all of this. Anyway, guys, going to be fun times. Nothing like a mass of amounts of change in your social order to get everybody all whipped up. Take care.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Time is on my side – 05-29-2023

Time is on my side - 05-29-2023

Time is on my side - 05-29-2023

Episode Summary:

The text discusses the cyclical nature of time and our solar system's movement relative to the galaxy, connecting it with the Yugas and intelligence levels among humans. It explains the physical movement of our solar system, emphasizing a 220,000,000-year cycle around the galaxy's edge. The idea of time's irreversibility is presented, dismissing the possibility of physical time travel. The author criticizes physics since the 1920s, challenging its understanding of time and space. They allude to the influence of emanations from the galactic center on human civilization, intelligence, and the very fabric of time itself, ultimately arguing that existing physics models are incorrect.

The text discusses exceptional beings and inventors like Tesla and the competition in the 1920s to understand electricity. It delves into Vedic astrology's perspective, shifting from geocentric to sidereal, with predictions changing over time. The writer also highlights how humanity's understanding will evolve, and how energies from the galactic center are affecting the current age. There's a mention of the Khazarian Mafia attempting to control time and the cultural shifts occurring in the present. Lastly, the author mentions mysterious energies from space, hinting at a broader cosmic connection.

The text is a detailed reflection on various energy topics, including climate change, carbon dioxide levels, and futuristic energy theories. The writer dismisses some widely held beliefs about climate change and offers alternative perspectives on the nature of energy. It touches on current societal movements, such as transhumanism, and predicts how energies from space may affect future generations. The text also explores historical and potential future evolutions of energy utilization, hinting at a deeper understanding of time and the universe.

The text explores the author's thoughts on time, magnetism, and the potential technology behind UFOs. They consider how magnetic properties might connect to galactic emanations and have implications for human intelligence, growth, and potential shielding from negative effects. The author alludes to Cozy Rev's work, suggesting further progression in dynamic energy levels. They conclude with personal remarks about spending time making baguettes and wishing the reader a good Memorial Day, mentioning the crowded beach despite cold, windy weather.

#Beach #BronzeAge #Kozyrev #Cycles #CurvedSpace #DivineMagnetism #Einstein #Emanations #Energies #ExceptionalBeings #FasterThanLightTravel #GalacticCenter #Galaxy #GreatYear #HumanIntelligence #HumanPerception #Intelligence #IntelligenceDrive #Irreversibility #Judaism #Kaliyuga #KhazarianMafia #MagneticallyShielded #Mars #Materialism #MemorialDay #Perception #Physics #PhysicsModel #QualityOfTime #Radiation #Satanists #Shield #SiderealAstrology #SocialOrder #SolarSystem #StaticNonVariantDimension #StrangeEnergiesFromSpace #Technology #Tesla #Time #TimeExperiments #TimePressure #TimeTravel #TimeVariant #UFO #VedicAstrology #VirtuousCycle #War #WorldWarI #WorldWarII #Yugas #Yugacycle

Time is on my side - 05-29-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's the 29th Memorial Day and it's probably like maybe it's a little after eight, not very much after. Out in the greenhouse doing some weeding. Gotta do a lot, lot of weed whacking and that kind of stuff today get caught up.

Anyway, was having some coffee as per usual. Coffee is good stuff.

Anyway, we're still working on all of our time stuff here, all of the time experiments and those will go on for some period rest of this year and probably most of next just in what we've got sketched out and having some positive results in it and then following up on some of the implications. So if we acknowledge that in our human history, in the past 6710, 12,000 years back, we find very advanced stuff that we can't duplicate today, which is the truth. And if we find further stuff that's, like, way old, maybe 100,000 years old, like all the megalithic structures, the 200 ton single slab chunks of rock that have been machined and just, like, left in place if we acknowledge that all this stuff is real, then we can say, okay, that plots with this idea of a cycle, which I'll get back to that in a minute. The CIA and all these other people have identified with these catastrophic earth changes cycles, right?

All right, so they see those cycles as actually being like waveforms within a linear progression so that you're just going along in more or less a straight line upward or at an angle upward. Then these waves of stuff come through and you have these periodic catastrophes on the planet. Now another way to look at this is that the Yuga system is accurate that we go through these cycles that are based on this more or less 24 to 26,000 year cycle, right. And within there we will get closer to the galactic center. This is a function of the movement of our solar system around the outer edge in our particular minor spiral arm of the galaxy, but around the outer edge of the galaxy.

But there is an apparent because we rise and fall relative to the plane of the galaxy in our motion. So if we think of the galaxy as a plate and the solar system is like a comet dragging all of the planets, our sun is like a comet dragging all of the planets, and we're zipping around on the outer edge of the plate. It will take us 220,000,000 years to go around the edge of that plate and come back to the same point on the edge of that plate. Okay? But we don't travel in a straight line.

Our solar system rises above the edges of the plate and then comes back down towards the edge of the plate and then drops down below the edge of the plate and then rises back up towards the edge of the plate. So we go in a wavelike fashion around the edge okay? As we do so, it is our rising and falling relative to the edge of the plate that presents us with more of the emanations that come from the galactic center. So the density of the galaxy itself screens out energies to the outer edge of the plate. And if you're out on one of the outer edges, like we are, then the galaxy itself is screening out the emanations of energy from the galactic center.

Dwarpa

It's being absorbed by all the material between us and galactic center. Okay? So as we rise above the plate, there's less planets and other material between us and galactic center and we get more of the radiation. And so that's what's happening. So you can think of the Yuga progression as the rise up over the galactic plate to a maximum point where your angle of incidence relative to the Galactic center has fewer items between you and galactic center.

And then your planetary system goes back down towards the edge of the plate and there's more material between you and the galactic center which means you get less of those emanations, less of that radiation. Okay? So that is actually the physical movement of our solar system that causes the Yugas. It's simply the rising above the plate and then falling back down on this 220,000,000 year passage around the edge, back to the same point on the edge of the galaxy. And that'll actually never occur because everything is expanding.

So as we pass one point, we'll never ever be able to come back to the same point in the galaxy's edge because it will have expanded in those 220,000,000 years and that edge will have been moved. And so the galaxy itself will be different. And so we'll never ever come back to anything that had existed in the past. This is a key aspect of time that is irreversibility, okay? It cannot be reversed.

And this is a necessary component of universe. It's a necessary component of how our universe, our materium, operates. It means that time travel as a physical corporeal entity, shoving yourself through time is not possible and will never be possible.

There are many other things we can do with time, but we're not going to be able to go back to 1885 and shoot bullets at what was a guy's name? BIFF something. Anyway, it just is not happening for many, many different reasons. It can't happen anyway though. So the rising up and down of our solar system relative to the edge of the plate provides us with more of the Emanations from the galactic center.

These emanations are demonstrably tied to the total amount of intelligence and drive and perception available to humans. So we see that our great civilizations rise, come into existence as our solar system is rising to an oblique angle relative to galactic center, getting more of those emanations. And we conversely go into the descending side of the cycle as we come back down to the plate and great civilizations fall and the overall intelligence available to humans falls. These cycles are 26,000 years. It's actually 25,000 years in change.

But at the moment, and even that amount changes. So as the galactic plane expands, that alters the length of our great year. And so as we go forward, over time, over duration, we can expect that the length of the great year will keep expanding such that maybe by the time we come back to go all the way around in 22 million years, 220,000,000 years. And we come back to this point, or close to it. Maybe by that point, maybe our great year will be 29,000 years long.

Or 30,000 years long. It will change. So all of this stuff is necessary, that change can exist here. And I can get into some of the other aspects of the Yugos and time and what it does for us. But here's the thing.

It means that whether we conceive of it as time, energy or some other form of radiation emanating from the galactic center, it means that we do not live in a fixed environment, and therefore time actually changes. And since time itself is dynamic and we perceive it in various different ways at different points in our perception of it, then it means that it is variant to the point that it negates our entire physics. Okay? So all of our physics that has been in place since the 1920s, installed by the Khazarian mafia around the ideas of Einstein, or at least the ideas that he plagiarized and decided to promulgate, all of that physics is incorrect because it deals with time as a static, nonvariant dimension like distance. And then that physics went to the trouble of making distance weird and funky by saying it could be curved, and you would have this ability to have curved spacetime and end up with faster than light travel, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera.

With all these other weird ass ideas, none of which are factual, it's all an illusion. And this illusion derives from the fact that Einstein was a materialist and took all of his ideas from the kaliyugo where everything is grit, where everything is based in the grit of our material, the little minutiae and rocks and shit. Okay, that's not how the material works. But we are incapable, most of us are incapable of understanding that during the period of the time of kaliyuga because we don't have a whole lot of the intelligent stuff coming in from universe.

Now, we note that there are exceptional beings in every age, exceptional people in every age who have some grasp of some of this stuff. And we see that in our past history where there were people like Tesla who just knew shit that was leaps and bounds ahead of everybody else, that they had an understanding that was sometimes difficult for them to communicate. But nonetheless was factual enough to be able to make a factual enough understanding of our reality to be able to make all kinds of great inventions. And here we are using the aspects of the understanding of electricity and so forth that was derived from Tesla's work to do this very recording and to listen to it. And so that we know that Tesla's understanding was much more accurate than the other people around them, edison, et cetera, et cetera.

But nonetheless, here we are with people in the 1920s competing to deliver electricity. So they were like compelled by time to deliver to humanity an understanding of ElectriCities and how to use them, okay? And there were many people doing that. They've been doing it since like, the 1830s. And so it is as though there is a time pressure on brains within humanity, subsets of humanity to produce certain things at certain points in our journey through the Yugas.

And so these are predictable. So we can also say that it is likely that at the same point in the other side, on the descending side, in the drop back down to the edge of the plate, at the descending side of the yugas in the Bronze Age at approximately 325 years before the introduction of the Kaliyuga. That was probably when we stopped having the ability to do things with electricity, and probably because our understanding had degraded over the previous thousands of years and we were still able to keep civilization together and had empires and all of this kind of stuff. But we were losing the ability to create new devices and expand our awareness that expansion is clearly evident in our current time. So we are clearly on an upward swing within the Bronze Age.

And we've got all different kinds of evidences to being able to plot exactly where we are relative to the autumnal and vernal equinox, between the spring and the autumn equinox, relative to galactic center and the procession and various different Vedic astrology. Okay? So Vedic astrology is astrology that comes down to us where it is sidereal astrology and not geocentric. So it is astrology that does not take Earth as the center, but deals with astrology from the viewpoint of the sun, from our sun as it's traveling around in the edge of the galaxy. And this comes much closer to actually capturing the effects that we see and the astrological effects that are assigned to various different signs and other abstractions in the night skies, basically, right?

And other planets. So we say Mars is a planet of war and all this kind of stuff. And we're assigning qualities and attributes of time to these objects that we use to mark time. So it's not so much that Ares Mars is warlike. It is that when we are in those positions and we mark them with these planets and stuff, especially relative to the Kaliyuga, which is the time we've just come from, we find that we are in points of contention and war, okay?

And it has very little to do with the nature of the planets themselves or any of that. We are reading and applying abstractions to those. So it'd be like saying that, oh, from 10:00 in the morning until 215 every day here, that's the time of war. So we assign a quality to a specific numeric reference. We don't, but it's in essence the same, assigning those qualities to astrology.

And so astrology must change as we go forward because humanity will change. So 1000 years from now we will be far less warlike than we are now. And that war is a remnant of the impact of the Kali Yuga and the loss of intelligence that pits us one against another. And so 1000 years from now we won't have the same kind of social structures that would provide us for warlike behavior. Thus we will still have the astrology, we'll still have Mars up there, we'll still have the constellations, we'll still have the signs Ares, Libra, et cetera, et cetera.

But we'll have to change the assigned human perceptive qualities to them because we will have changed. Our understanding of things will have changed. We will be further along in the virtuous cycle of this particular Bronze Age, that is, the rising cycle, getting more energy from the galactic center. And thus that level of our aspect or our relationship to change to time will have to change to reflect the fact that it has changed. So we'll have to codify it.

So all this all quite fascinating, right? And maybe in 1000 years from now it'll be far less necessary that we have people to do astrology because maybe everybody will be so much more advanced that even the normies will be able to tune into the flow of time for that particular day and feel it. Even though they won't necessarily know which star we would use or constellation to tag it, so to speak. Because those things don't actually cause any of these sensations or perceptions of time. They're merely the coat rack that we hang that on and peg it to, so that when we go back to that time again, we can say oh, maybe this is going to occur now.

It does occur over decades and centuries that we get back into the same kinds of energies at various different points, but these are isolated to the various Yugas as we go forward. That is to say that when we next come back to alignments 30 and 40 years from now, relative to some particular planet's alignment, we will find that the energies do not reflect those that we had 30 and 40 years back when that occurred. So those energies that caused World War I and World War II in my opinion, cannot be invoked now to cause World War II. We may get real close, it may scare everybody, but the energy isn't there. We've moved on.

And those are clearly an aspect of the Kaliyuga and they're also clearly an aspect that the Kazarean Mafia is attempting to preserve. So in my understanding, the Khazarian Mafia encoded in, surrounded by and inculcated into the structure and systemization of Judaism. Not the content, but the structure, right? The form. Because all the of Kazarian Mafia are Satanists (see - "1666 Redemption Through Sin: Global Conspiracy in History, Religion, Politics and Finance"), but what they're attempting to do is to use magic to hold us back in time where they have control, because these people were dominant during the Kaliyuga when the conditions favored their ability to exploit other humans.

Conditions don't favor that ability to exploit now, and are going to do so less as we go forward in our virtuous part of the Bronze Age here. And these people are basically losing it and freaking out. So in my opinion, this is the period of time we're going through this culture war and all of this, even so much as Mao Zedong's cultural revolution, even World War I and World War II are all artifacts of the position that humanity found itself in relative to the Yugas and the energies that were available to us and that we're getting more bursts of energy or more energy from the galactic center available to us as the inclination of our rising arc around the edge of the Plate of the Galaxy increases. And so there was a time in like, maybe it was 2001 or 2002 when we were doing the reports and I started getting the data sets that were later on characterized as strange energies from space, okay? And it didn't make a whole lot of sense as it started forming out.

It was just discussing energy. It wasn't really light, it wasn't really X rays, so it wasn't energy discussed at that level of the frequency of the energy, but that it was basically saying that energy was going to come down to Earth that was going to alter and affect humanity and other life forms. And we started seeing it, okay? We started seeing the extinction of certain life forms. Supposedly, we don't know that they've really, actually gone extinct, but nonetheless, the claimed extinction of certain life forms here on the planet, the alteration of biosphere and all of this stuff that was being claimed by the WEFarians as being caused by climate change, climate crisis, all of that kind of stuff, right?

Which of course we know is horseshit Earth has had. They're freaking out right now because they were born. You see it in Twitter. It's just really funny. They put it in their profile and says so and so and so and so, climate scientist and I was born when it was 334 ppm.

And it's like, what they're talking about is the parts per million of carbon dioxide. And so they're freaking out because it's going up towards 400 parts per million in carbon dioxide. That's 400 parts per million. So it's still 0.4 or no, zero 4% of the atmosphere. So it's like, you know, it doesn't even rise to a half of a percent anyway, though, and we've been recently, not that many thousands of years back, we had carbon dioxide at 880 parts per million anyway, and the planet didn't die.

In fact, carbon dioxide is life, dudes. It causes life if you reduce it. If we go to carbon neutral every day, you can look and see a carbon neutral planet. All you have to do is look up and see the Moon. You don't see a lot of greenery, and you don't see a lot of people doing shit.

That's because they ain't got carbon and they're not doing shit with it anyway, though. So we get to this point where we're in this evolution of our time through the virtuous cycle of the Bronze Age, and in my opinion, we are in a wave of these new energies. Now, the data sets have described the energies in two different ways, as though there were going to be two tranches or waves of them, okay? It was described as coming in in waves, not a steady state or anything like that. It didn't make a lot of sense.

It didn't isolate down to more thunder or anything like that. It was commensurate with the first wave was going to be commensurate with the emergence of the rivers in the sky, the lakes in the sky, the Great deluges and floods from the sky with all those huge amounts of water being able to be carried up and come down in these horrific rain events, okay? That was associated with one level of the energies from space. Now, at that time, it was notable that we were getting into the Wefarians big push in this transgender transhumanism, chop your dick off for our cult God kind of stuff, right?

It was my supposition at that time that the data was basically reflecting that, and I could understand or interpret the strange energies from space, at least one of the waves, as having caused the wefarians or having caused the emergence of this trans thing, right? At that time, it was not visible that there was money behind it, that there was a giant push for it in the way that we see it emerging now 20 plus years later. So it wasn't as easily discerned that it was not organic, that it was indeed part of their plan. So I'm not sure that that first wave of energy which was associated with the period of time of the rivers and the lakes in the sky in any way caused or not caused, but was in any way participatory in the whole thing of the alteration of the social order. But at the time I thought, jeez, if this is what's going on, this is pretty freaky.

And then if the next wave comes in, what's going to happen? Are we all going to turn into golems or Gargoyles or something? Anyway, so it is much more likely that that first wave of energy was participating in this upcoming generation, right? In other words, this energy comes on in, it's going to affect everything in the planet and it's going to affect our populations down to the level of our intelligence, which means that it must be affecting us at a gamete level and it probably is coming in and affecting subsequent generations. So the energies that would be coming in in 2000, 2001, three, five, seven, et cetera, are going to have effects on the kids that are being conceived and born in that period of time as well as us that are existent.

But since we're there, we're much more dense and set in our energetic ways, it would be these new life forms that would be much more representational of those energies coming in. And so we'll see what those energies are going to produce. I actually don't think they produce all of the trans and all of that kind of shit. I think that that is the Kaliyuga people trying to maintain their distorted view of reality that derives from and exists only in Kaliyuga and they're just trying to maintain it because that's when they had control, they were the bosses and stuff. Now there was a second wave of energy and I think that's incoming at this point for a number of different reasons.

And so the second wave of energy, I think is also affecting those people that are existent, but is likely to have the same kind of thing in terms of its more noticeable effect on the subsequent generations that are being conceived now and born. So over the next few years we'll see this impact on those generations that come out of this. Now, it's also interesting that these two waves of energy are coincidental with the Kazarean's big push for their final solution with humanity to kill us all off and get us reduced down to 500 million (see - "Georgia Guidestones") so they can keep us as. By the way, that comes from the Kaliyuga, the whole 500 million thing. And so these guys are just desperate to freeze time and we know how that's going to work out for them.

It just ain't anyway. Interesting though, about the progression of human intelligence relative to the understanding of energies and so on. So in the Kaliyuga we're all so dense, all we can understand is how to rub two sticks together and create fire, although we've got plans for windmills and can figure out all of this, we can't figure out what to do with the energy and transmit it and this kind of thing. We have no understanding of the finer nature and so on. Now, as we move into our age, we're dealing with ElectriCities.

Then we could project that this is part of the Virtuous cycle and that 1000 years from now we'll be dealing with energy that is remarkably different than what we're dealing with now. Because look at how different it is from the day of early electricity which is now from people with auction and horses and that kind of a form of energy to power their civilization. So anyway, quite fascinating getting into all of this. The implications on the time stuff are also quite fascinating. I'm certain now that it's correct that time is a powering element here or a powering dynamic of our material and that we wouldn't be able to understand it until we got to this point.

So I could not have grasped this 50 years earlier in my life because there was not the energetic association that would have allowed me to have perceived it at this level. That has less to do with myself in terms of what I know and how much I've read and so on, than it has to do with the overall vibratory state of the universe in which my consciousness is operating, as weird as that may sound.

Anyway, so I'm still pursuing more time experiments and the codification of time aspects here because at the core of all of this is what the the people in the who are recording this from the previous Bronze Age, right? So this is information that comes to us thousands of years and so it comes through the last 1200, last 1700 years and stems from this point in the previous Bronze Age. And they discussed the Divine magnetism and how magnetism that is easily understood by clocking taking a chunk of metal and going walk to a magnet, having them stick together is but one small facet of this. And so I think that indeed, we're going to find that our UFO buddies are that two things will be factual about them, that they will be traveling in some form of a device that is magnetically shielded and powered. And doesn't need fuel, as we understand it and that these guys are probably coming from someplace where they are closer to the emanations of the Galactic center so that they don't lose as much as we do when we come down to the edge of the plate.

Now, this also has a couple of other implications, right? It would mean that if it was factual that indeed, human intelligence overall in humanity grows over time and individuals also grow over time relative to when they're born. Within the Yuga cycle, then that would suggest that the emanations from the galactic center might be able to be captured and stored and you might have some kind of a shield from losing them so that you might be able to go through the descending side of the cycle. Those 12,000 years. You might be able to shield your planet and not have these negative effects.

So you'd have a different growth curve for your social order. So that's one thing. And then it also means that the other implication is that it's pretty certain that we're able to do these kind of things because the quality of time changes over as we go forward in our progression here. And we perceive those quality changes and can see them in ourselves as tool or as indicators or antenna of time and therefore should be able to extract and use these aspects of time as a technology. Just a couple of interesting implications.

So I think Cozy Rev was really onto it and that we should probably find ourselves progressing more and more along dynamic energy level things here as we go forward. Okay. Damn it.

Okay. All right. So that's it for the day. Got to get in and do my baguettes. Putting time to use.

Okay, guys. Have a good Memorial Day. The beach out here is just jammed with people and doggos. They're enjoying it, even though it's reasonably cold and windy. So we'll talk to you later.

Take time for yourself.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Dwapara Virtue – 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Episode Summary:

The text presents a philosophical and metaphorical discussion of time, not as a dimension, but as an active entity that powers reality and has dynamic qualities that can be manipulated. Using the analogy of our solar system's elliptical revolution around the galactic center, the speaker frames this in the context of ancient Hindu Yuga cycles - Golden, Silver, Bronze, and Iron, each with different effects on human progress. They state that we are in the Bronze Age, ascending towards the Galactic Center, which they associate with innovation and growth, evidenced by advances like electricity and mass communication. Lastly, the speaker discusses the current educational system's inadequacies, advocating for a shift from teaching subjects to teaching children how to learn.

The text discusses varied learning styles and the importance of discovering one's own, to optimize individual education. It emphasizes an ongoing process of learning and adapting to new knowledge, amidst an era of information explosion. The author cites historical instances where vital knowledge was lost due to the destruction of important literature and discusses theories about the evolution of religions and significant earth changes. The text also explores the impact of our proximity to the Galactic Center on human consciousness and the concept of experiencing different ages in many lives, emphasizing that disruption and recreation are necessary for novelty in our quest for new consciousness.

The text describes a historical perspective on the role of the Khazarian mafia, relics of the Kaliyuga period, influencing major societal changes through religious and socio-political manipulation. It emphasizes the concept of warfare and human sacrifice originating from the Kaliyuga, affecting religions like Judaism and Christianity. It also suggests the role of space aliens in the conquest of ancient, non-warlike societies. Additionally, it talks about how the Khazarians used hypnotic substances to infiltrate and influence empires, leading to their destruction. Finally, it mentions the ongoing struggle against the Khazarian mafia's influence, rooted in a 6000-year-long conflict involving space aliens.

The text discusses a concept of harnessing energy from the universe's vibratory frequency, suggesting the potential to create a chip resonating with the frequency, thus generating electricity. This could form a fuel-less source of power, lasting indefinitely with proper engineering. The narrative also critiques Einstein's time-space dimension concept, arguing time can be manipulated differently, unlike space, and Einstein's view traps physics in materialism. The speaker sees a future beyond this, with the potential for groundbreaking discoveries once we move past these existing paradigms.

#6000YearBattle #AncientSocieties #AquariusAge #Ascending #BeyondMaterialism #BronzeAge #Catharism #Cathars #Christianity #Conquest #Consciousness #Kozyrev #Education #EllipticalRevolution #EmpireManipulation #EnergyHarvesting #EnergyInjection #EinsteinCritique #Evolution #FreeEnergy #FuturePhysics #GalacticCenter #Growth #HistoricalInstances #Humanity #HumanSacrifice #HypnoticSubstances #Innovation #Judaism #Kaliyuga #KhazarianMafia #KnowledgePreservation #Learning #LearningStyles #NewEnergy #Novelty #PulseOfTime #Religion #ReligionsEvolution #Reality #Shamanism #SpaceAliens #Time #TimeManipulation #UniverseVibration #Warfare #YugaCycles

Don't say that about Charlie's clone! - 05-07-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's coffee break time. So May 27, about 915, something like that, out in the greenhouse doing a bit of weeding and a little bit of cleaning up and taking a break for a few minutes. Hello, doggo.

Anyway, let's talk about time is in my view, time is what powers our reality is this pulse. And the, quote, aftermath of that pulse is what we call time. And it's basically an injection of energy into our area here.

And the residual causes us to have this sense of duration and the passage of time. And the pulse itself is the creation of the reality in our consciousness in this coordinated fashion. It gets real complex when you look at it at that level. But we needn't discuss it there today. Some of the interesting parts of this, though is that time has active properties.

It's not a dimension. Okay? So Einstein came along and said, oh, well, we'll just treat time like it's any other dimension, right? So it's like distance, something like that. Hang on a second.

scripty noise.

And it's not time is not a dimension like distance. We can actually do things that alter our reality through time. And Cozy Rev has a number of experiments that do this exactly and precisely. And measurable and we're on the process of identifying the active and dynamic qualities of time which can be manipulated and used by humans. Now, time scales.

So time stuff that we can actively manipulate with our little experiments with bowls of water, mercury or lead weights or something like this. The time stuff itself also affects galaxies, stars, planets, humanity, the materium itself and so operates at that scale as well.

Time is a tool of universe and there's all these different qualities that we put to it relative to our human experience. But we do know that there are differences in time based on the quality of the temporal flux, if you will, the flow of it all. And so our solar system, we're in the third minor spiral arm of the Milky Way galaxy. Our solar system, based on where it is, has an apparent 26,000 year revolution around the center of the galaxy. This revolution is elliptical, it's not circular.

This revolution, as an ellipse has a very much narrowed tail, so to speak. Okay? So our ellipse looks much more like a comet with its tail than any other form of an ellipse. The tail part is elongated relative to the position of the galaxy center relative to our elliptical orbit. So we spend more of our time in the area closer to galactic center as a solar system than we do spending time in the tail end of it, so to speak.

The tail end of it also seems to have a definitive hook where we sort of turn the corner. That turning the corner. All right. This great year takes 26,000 years approximately. It can be divided in half into 213 thousand year segments.

Each segment can be thought of as either ascending, in which case our solar system is moving closer to Galactic Center, closely closer to the influences of Galactic Center, or it can be thought of as descending, in which case you're moving away from Galactic Center.

Yugi Cycles and the corresponding Dwarpa
We consider that chunk of our exposure to Galactic Center to be the Golden Age. And in terms of the Yugas the Yugas, there's four Yugas. They're divided into gold, silver, bronze and iron. We've just come out of the Iron Age, just come out of the Kali Yuga. We're out of it by about 325 years, little over that.

So we have thousands of years to go before we get to the Silver Age. The Bronze Age that we're in now, the ascending Bronze Age, we're heading back towards the Galactic Center. That ascending Bronze Age is 2400 years long, and we're only into it 325 years. So we've got over 2000 years to go in this Bronze Age. We're going towards Galactic Center.

Okay? So there is a noticeable effect from the Yugas wherein humanity has more get up and go and more going for it as we head into Galactic Center, and we have less as we head away from Galactic Center. And on our furthest point away from Galactic Center is we are at our most dense. We ain't got shit. We've just come out of this.

Okay. The Kaliyuga was that part of our history where you didn't have electricity, you had the bare minimum of stuff in the way of energy. You didn't even apply the word energy to your own body. In fact, that's only in our lexicon since the early 18 hundreds, where they started applying some of these terms to the human body and stuff, and we started thinking about ourselves in a different way. Okay?

So we can I'm not going to get into this too much. It could take days, but we can plot where we are in and we have proof that we're no longer in the Kaliyuga. This is not a supposition. It's not an abstract mathematical calculation. There is definitive proof in our actions out here.

In reality, that definitive proof is the fact that we have electricity, the fact that we have mass communications, the fact that we have growing science, the fact that we have splitting diversifying science, even, however fucked up it is at the moment, so on and so on, right? So that we are in a period of growth. We're not in a period of becoming more dense. So on the other side, on the descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, there was a period of time in a Bronze Age, 325 years before we went into the Kaliyuga, where we started losing well, we were losing we were losing stuff all the time. We were losing the ability to do X-Y-Z and this sort of thing, right?

This is why we find all of these great monuments and crap all over the planet, the pyramids, these great cities, all the carvings on the temples in India, all of these different kinds of things that appear to have been done with and we know we're done with a technology we no longer have. And that that technology has been disappeared into into the realm of history. This was as we were going into the descent into the Kaliyuga. We've rounded that descent. We've come out of the 1200 years of the Kaliyuga, and we're into the 325th year of the Bronze Age on an ascending fashion.

And you will note, we've invented LEDs. All these different kinds of things are all happening all at once, and it's just like this bloom or explosion of new ideas, new thoughts, et cetera, et cetera. This is a very chaotic time indeed, as we know, and we have ourselves in the midst of a great war that actually has its roots in the Kaliyuga, which I'm going to in a minute. Anyway, one couple of things to note here in the Bronze Age in this particular time, we have got more subjects than you can imagine, and our school system is breaking down because it's still trying to teach subjects. So in my opinion, there is no fix for our school system.

If you're going to try and just teach individual subjects to kids, how many and what subjects are you going to try and teach? Right. It's not sufficient to teach simple mathematics. You need to now start thinking about teaching algorithm construction, design, pattern analysis, for computer software, et cetera, et cetera, all that are based on basically arithmetic and mathematics. And so we have all of these different kinds of things.

So in my opinion, the way to approach this is to decide that schools are not for teaching stuff. We've got the Internet. We've got all these other resources for learning stuff. So in my opinion, schooling should be to teach children how to find how they learn, okay? So until you know how you learn, you're just stabbing in the dark at trying to acquire knowledge.

And so for some people, they're going to learn a language best by hearing it spoken. Others are going to want to learn to read it. Others are going to need to use AI for repetition to get the memory down, all different kinds of different approaches to this. And until you explore that and find out which way you learn, you may be choosing the wrong way to learn something, and therefore, you will be failing just because you chose the wrong way to go at it. So if I were going to set this kind of thing up, I would teach kids how to discover how they learn, and that'll change over time.

How you learn will change over time. So they need to know that this is an ongoing process, that they have to keep acquiring and sharpening that particular skill. And then I would describe to them the basic shape of the learning universe. This is what math is. This is what it's used for.

This is what linguistics are. This is what they're used for. This is what science is, and this is how it's used. And then show them all the cool stuff and let them and get out of the way and let them decide what they want to learn. And then simply provide them the backup to get into the individual subject to the depth that they want to do.

So and then tell them, okay, now in order to survive, you're going to have to understand certain things in our reality at a bare minimum. So let's devise a plan so that you will have these things acquired at a bare minimum level that makes you proficient and you can just get beyond what's going to be required, being able to drive or read road signs or whatever it is, right? There's some basic level of understanding that everybody needs to have. And then you go on and learn whatever suits you really, in this new modern age. And there's tons of stuff to learn and participate in.

And so that would be my approach to dealing with being in the Bronze Age here, with the explosion of new knowledge and new approaches to knowledge.

Now, the war we're in at the moment, okay, so let's be really factual and clear about this.

In the descending part of our great year, we lost all kinds of information.

At one point, they burned all the books in China, okay? Like at 200 Ad or 200 BC or something, this weird ass emperor went ahead and burned all the books in China. There was this guy that burned all of the books. There were scrolls in northern India at one point, and this was like, I think, 600 BC. I can't think of his name.

But they were convinced that books were bad and had evil and stuff in them. So they just decided to save their society the trouble for whatever reason and burned all the books. And reputedly the burning of the books lasted so long and was so fierce that the sands and everything around that area were baked that were vitrified by the heat that was generated, but that there was actually a smoke column that could be seen 1000 miles away.

They really put some work into it. So we lost lots of information. Now there is some stuff that's been saved, some stuff that was there was 10,000 books hidden in this one Tibetan monastery. There was reputedly another 35,000 books written in very, very ancient Sanskrit that were hidden in this particular behind a wall in a cave that is the back of this other monastery in northern India and so on. So there are repositories of some of this level of knowledge from the previous Golden Age that have survived the previous Golden Age and Silver Age that survived and were hidden in the last Bronze Age.

And so note that at the time, they were in the Golden Age, when they hid Gobekli Teply, when they buried it so that it would survive. And there's probably other ones like that that were also hidden deliberately from what was going to happen, and they knew what was going to happen anyway. So let's be real clear about this, that with the exception, the presumed exception of the Jain religion, that's J-A-I-N there's no other religion that has no other philosophical understanding that has come down to us from the previous Silver Age, okay? We think that the Jain religion appeared sometime in the descending Bronze Age in that 2400 year period just before getting into the Kaliyuga. There.

Let me see, so probably 3000 years back, we start getting all different kinds of religions popping up, hindu religion, all these offshoots of that. Prior to that, it appears as though there was what we can call the science, okay? And the science is the Sam kia. And Samchia is a philosophical approach, scientific approach to determining who you are and what is the nature of universe by examining your consciousness and then everything that is not your consciousness as universe decides to present it to you and noting not only what is being presented, but the order in which it's being presented. And it's in a relationship with everything else that has ever been presented to you up until that point and all your knowledge.

And that from this, apparently, Jainism became distinct sometime back in the very beginning of the previous Bronze Age on the way down.

That was a coincidental period to all kinds of stuff in our history in which there were vast quantities of movement of people and not in some level of Earth changes that we can get into. So these Earth changes at that period of time were the creation of deserts, basically, and may have also included the freezing of Antarctica. So Antarctica may not have been frozen over prior to about 8000 years ago. And that that was the case. That that the reason that it froze is the sort of like the opposite of the reason that we have the deserts in that there are some literature suggestions that there was an atomic war and one of the weapons used in the atomic war was a scalar weapon that was like the reverse of an atomic weapon and that it didn't blow things up, it froze things.

And they froze Antarctica with this, like, you might think of as, like a directed energy weapon, kind of cold beam sort of thing. Right? There are some hints of that in some of the older literatures that that was the case. We also find that the creation of all the religions so Judaism is a Kaliyuga thing, right? And as we're going in descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, christianity came about just as we're getting into the Kaliyuga.

So these are all remnants of the Iron Age, when we were where you didn't have energy, the best you had was a sailboat. We knew all of this stuff though. We had designs for water wheels, we had designs for windmills, all of this kind of stuff. But no one built anything, right? No one did anything.

There was not a level of energy within humanity that allowed us to be that progressive and do shit. And this is coincidental with, of course being the furthest possible distance away from Galactic Center. So the supposition from our own experience and from all of the science and stuff, is that the closer you get to Galactic Center and the reason we call these things the Bronze, Silver and Golden Age is because you're exposed to more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more energy at a consciousness level. And that truly your consciousness changes as a result of that. And you experience that consciousness differently than you will in the Gold Age, than you will experience in the Silver Age, than you will experience in the Bronze age, than you will experience in the Iron Age.

You're going to have many lives. So you'll experience all of these at some point, you'll connect with each of these different ages anyway. And that this aspect of time scales, this is an aspect of the time stuff. This is an aspect of time doing this in order that there might be novelty, that there might be disruption, that therefore there could be recreation from the disruption. All of these things are necessary that there might be novelty in our search for the actual new, for consciousness itself.

Anyway, so all of the religions basically are artifacts of the Kaliyuga and we are fighting now against the Khazarian Mafia. Now, the Khazarian mafia has deep inbuilt remnants of the Kaliyuga in it. So there were no insofar as we're able to determine in looking at ancient societies that we have physical evidence for throughout India, Africa, all these different kinds of places where there's remnant stuff about the social order, including even Brazil. Now, in the Amazonian Valley, we're finding the remnants of rather sophisticated social order in terms of number of houses and granaries and this kind of thing, right? But anyway, we find that these people were not warlike.

And thus that makes sense that we see in the Jewish literature and other literature about how easy it was to conquer these people, how easy it was for the space aliens to come down and conquer these people. And because they were not defensive, they didn't have warfare as part of the thing. They did even they didn't even consider it a feasibility. It didn't even take it into account. And we think of it as natural that there's enemies, et cetera.

Prior to that time, apparently the concept of a generalized enemy state or war state didn't really exist. And so we see that they're conquered by the space aliens. We end up getting Judaism as a result of the interaction of the Ill with the Judeans and the Khazarians. And these people solidify their power and stuff and come through the Kaliyuga they have within their religious structure, as we see in Christianity, are remnants of one of the main horrific aspects of the Kaliyuga, which is this idea of personal body sacrifice. All right?

So prior to that period of time, going back into Sam kia, we find the idea of discipline and austerity. And then over time, it mutates down into, like, serious sacrifice on yourself, starving yourself in a fast to try and get enlightenment the way that Buddha did, right? It doesn't work. It's stupid. It destroys your body.

There's all different kinds of problems with it. And even Buddha comes out and says, oh, don't do this shit. But anyway, that was a kaliyuga twisting of that discipline mindset that comes out of some kia that leads to this ultimate idea of personal sacrifice that then gets twisted over to actual physical sacrifice where you conquer a tribe. And you kill for political reasons as well. But you go through and you kill randomly.

One out of every ten males that survives this kind of thing. And that leads to these are all artifacts of the Kaliyuga. We don't find evidence of sacrifice at any level in pre Kaliyuga civilizations except for just before the period of time that Kaliyuga starts up. So at the very tail end of the other Bronze Age, within that last, say, two or 300 years of that Bronze Age, we start seeing signs of it. And it reaches its peak at about 500 Ad.

At the very peak of the Kaliyuga. And it reaches its peak in Mesoamerica, where they were reputedly sacrificing between a quarter of a million and a half a million people per year, cutting their hearts out very religiously and systematically and precisely destroying the body, separating it out into all of the various different bones and storing all the bones separately. And all of this kind of stuff, all about these rituals around the sacrifice aspect of it. Right. And we see the physical sacrifice of children in Judaism and the reputed tainting of the Jewish Talmudic philosophy with all this sacrifice stuff, which was actual physical sacrifice of children.

We see it in the Old Testament, where so and so is going to stick a knife in his kid, right? And then now, even centuries later, even out of the Kaliyuga, there's still this taint against Judaism relative to sacrifice. And we saw it as late as, like, the 1920s, where 300,000 Jewish people or more were attending a big convention or something, I think it was in Chicago. And they did a ritualized sacrifice of a child in the belly of this furnace thing. And to this day, nobody knows if it was a real child or if it was a mannequin or what the hell was going on, really.

We have film of it happening and everybody got really whipped up by it. But these are all remnants. We even see the sacrifice, the human sacrifice in the wafer and the wine stuff in ancient Christianity frozen by a Khazarian takeover in 325 Ad. So Constantine, who froze Christianity into Catholicism, it was 1200 individual sects of thought at that time. And he froze it into a religion and they called it Catholicism and he tied it to the Old Testament, okay?

Which was at that point, of course, it was the Torah. And it was being translated by these Jewish guys that were also spoke Greek and a couple of Greeks who also spoke Hebrew. And this was all under the direction of Constantine. But Constantine was in 325 Ad. Was 100% captured by the Kazarean mafia people, right?

They do it through mistresses and through drugs. Okay? So Constantine had a Khazarian mistress, as did I'm trying to think of the guy's name Justinian. So at the height of the Byzantine Empire, what happened to Constantine happened to Justinian, where he took a Khazarian mistress, who ultimately gets rid of the rest of the harem and using drugs, captivates Justinian and takes over the Byzantine Empire. And we see that within the next 40 years, the Empire is destroyed.

Now, it is true, there are consolidation waves, origination waves, consolidation waves and destruction waves for Empire that relate also to the Kali Yuga and the Dwapara, which is Bronze Yugas, right? And that this happens during this period of time. So this was not unexpected. It was just the mechanism by which it was done with the Khazarians is just very interesting. And they're using the same techniques even to the point of using the same species.

So there was this particular species of plant I won't go into it, I know what it is, and so on. And they got it out of Persia in both cases, right, or what we would think of as Iran. And this particular plant was used to create a drug that is a mild hallucinogen, an aphrodisiac, and even more importantly, it's a hypnotic it's this weird hypnotic drug. And so Constantine, his mistress and Justinian's mistress were both thought to be witches and both had, because of their Khazari and nature, had contacts through back through the Turkish peoples over to Iran. And it's known that they imported this plant to the respective courts in the empires they were involved in.

And so we see this influence throughout all history. And that's one of the things we're dealing with now, is this war against the Khazarian mafia. So that's why I keep saying we're in the process of dealing with a 6000 year long battle. Okay? There's also thoughts about that we can get into, and discussion we can get into about why the L arrived when they did and why the Theoi and the other ones that arrived with the L did arrive at that time.

There's also interesting notes that the Cathars, like the Khazarians, were driven out of northern India. The Cathars and the Khazarians both left, both were driven out of northern India by that war that created all of the deserts. That war involved the space aliens, the L and the Theoi and the Divas. So basically they're all space aliens. They're probably all the same group, we just have different names for them based on which group of human had to interact with them.

Anyway, that happens all at the same time. And so the Cathars go from northwestern India, they head down slightly south and then end up angling back up over to and settling in the coastal areas in Europe within outside of the bounds of the Celts and the Picks and these other tribes that were existing. And that these people that came on over the Cathars ultimately blend in with all of the Europeans and become the Saxons and the Toots and other Teutonic tribes there. That's where the Cathari approach to religion ends up in Europe. That's why it ends up in Europe.

Now, the Cathari religion is an interesting one, okay, so it's true that all religions stem from the period of time of the Kaliyuga. It's a period of time when humans are so dense they can't think right. We don't have enough light from the galactic center to spark our consciousness. And we have to do things through rote and through keep it together, basically by following the manuals, by following protocol until we can get back to a period of time where we can think it our way out of the problem. That's fundamentally a good description of what we have to go through as humanity.

There were, and there still are religious practices or philosophical practices that are not formalized religions that are not able to be tracked as such, but predate the Kaliyugan went through from the previous Bronze Age and they may have even come from the Silver or Gold Age, we just don't know. But Cathariism or and shamanism are two of these. And so the Cathari religion is just basically it's not so much a religion as a personal experience, philosophical approach of understanding universe that goes back to Sam Kia in that you examine yourself against what the material presents to you. And this one does involve the use of ecstatic drugs in the sense of hallucinogens and psychedelics and so on. So it's no different in that respect than the mysteries of Elysium or indigenous people eating peer cactus here in the Americas, which we know goes back at least 6000 years.

And that may indeed have been pre Ice Age. There's some suggestion of that. Anyway, so long understanding of all this. But time participates at a scalar level and is influencing humanity through those aspects as it influences us individually. And so we will find that as we go forward.

So everybody who's younger than me, who's going to live longer than me, will find that their minds will actually benefit going forward in time. Even though you're aging, you won't necessarily age and deteriorate mentally the way that previous generations have. We will lose a lot of that, right? A lot of the shit that we're carrying with us comes out of the mindset of these people that we're battling that want to keep us in the Kaliyuga. And so these are the people that want to do the human sacrifice, these are the pedophiles and so on.

All this is old Kaliyuga shit. We're dropping that as we go forward and our minds expand and universe won't permit it to continue. So we know that these guys are going to lose. This is the good part. As we're going into a we're in the new age of Aquarius.

We're 325 years into the Bronze Age. And as we go forward, more and more of the shit that was put upon humanity in the Kaliyuga falls off. And it is doing so not as an aspect of the materium, as an aspect of universe, without us necessarily having to do a whole lot relative to that. So we know that basically the trends are friend and we can harmonize with it and benefit from this harmonization. And we know that the stupid sacrifice people, the blood drinkers, the name stealers and this kind of thing are not going to come through in these next few hundred years for sure.

And that they will not make it into the Silver Age. They probably won't make it even halfway through what's left in the Bronze Age. They're due to have a major reduction in power as we get through this next little bit of increased energy. So each and every one of these things that increases the individual human potential causes a disruption in those people that get power by having humans be reduced, right? Slaves and so on.

So, for instance, we know that Zionism is doomed. There's never going to be any God that's going to come back and give any of these Jews 1000 GoI as slaves. No matter how much these people work towards that end, they are doomed because that's a Kaliyuga manifestation. And they're so stupid, they don't know we're out of the Kaliyuga. And that time does not support this anymore.

Now, one last thing, and I'll shut up and then I'll get some more work done here.

As we go through from Golden Age down to Silver Age, down to Bronze Age and then into Kaliyuga, and then in that period of time, we go from whatever energy sources were used by humans to do all that fantastic stuff in the Golden Age and the Silver Age. And then as we go down through the Bronze Age, we probably drop down ultimately into electricity and then ultimately into steam, and then finally into powering everything by shoving grass in a cow's ox's mouth and hitting him with a whip on the butt to make him go right, so that we. Get denser over time. We also lose capacity over time as we go down in this cycle and we also lose energy sources. But guess what?

Now we're in the up cycle. We're in the beneficial, the harmonious side of the cycle for us and we're gaining energy sources back. Look at how many more energy sources we have now. Look at how many different kinds, how much we're splitting the understanding of energy and getting further and further into it, et cetera, et cetera. I'm of the opinion that electricity has a limited use as we go forward and that we will lose electricity as a primary energy source as we understand it now.

And we will go to something that will be very much decentralized and that, by the way, centralization is part of the Kaliyuga and it's something that's going to drop away and fade away. All this stuff is going to fade. This is why I was going to say it's best to teach your own kids. Teach them how, they help them discover how they learn themselves and then give them the basic books, give them loom of Language, Mathematics for the Million, Biosphere by Bernadsky and a couple of other books. And then say here, these are your base resources, work off of these, you can trust these and we can filter everything through these books here.

And then what do you want to explore, kid? I'll help you out anyway though. So as we go forward here, I'm of the opinion we're going to lose electricity as a primary power source and we'll be moving into a new form of physics because our old physics, bear in mind, extends from the remnants of the Kaliyuga. It's an understanding of everything as grit as materialism. And we need to get out of that.

We need to start understanding everything as vibration and energy the way Tesla did. And so we will do that. I'm of the opinion that time powers everything at a level of vibratory frequency and it's 22 trillion times a second anyway though, so we can get into that. We're actually being able to make some headway with our time experiments here and we're going to do one around the planet here, probably sometime in Fall, where we're going to I won't go into it anyway though. So I'm of the opinion that we're about to shift in another energy sources, that we'll have new energy sources and this kind of thing, that we are not in a degradation level.

We're in a very fantastic change level where we're going to be losing. This is the last gasp of the Kaliyuga people, right? This is the last gasp of the human body. Sacrifice guys with all of this trans shit, chop your dick off for the greater god of our cult, that kind of thing, right? So this is the last guess.

This is not a continuing thing. These people are self destructive and this is going to universe in. materium is aiding that destruction because it needs to get them out of the way such that we can grasp this next bit of impulsive energy that will be coming our way out of Galactic Center. That once again is going to change all of humanity and Upwire us, so to speak. So anyway, that's the thought.

On time today, I'm really getting into this ship with the cozy rev experiments and as I say, we've had some success in this. Now, bear in mind what this implies, okay? So the implication is that if I'm correct and there is a vibratory frequency of universe that powers a non steady state universe at something over a trillion times a second flashing, and I think it's 22 trillion, but it doesn't matter. The actual numeric of it is immaterial. But the implication is that there would be some subharmonic that you could discover and you could just simply create a chip that wanted to vibrate at that particular frequency.

So maybe we're talking 22 billion times a second, I don't know, right? Some fantastically fast vibratory state. But there is some subharmonic of the flash rate of universe at which you could have a chip in its static state sit there and simply generate electricity for you because of the nature of what you would do to create that chip in harmonizing with the pulse in order to create that subharmonic. And so that would be your free energy you would have to create the chip. You'd have to put energy into making the fucker.

And it would not be trivial to do so. But once you'd made it, it would be a fuelless form of electricity that could just be plugged into shit. So you might have something like the size of a USB that you would just go and plug into something that was like a USB port and that would be your power source for that device. And it would basically last as long as the material of that device of the chip could withstand that level of vibration. And so I would expect the first ones basically we wouldn't know what we were doing and they would just flash into existence, create a shitload of electricity and then go poof because they were not engineered correctly to withstand the vibratory stresses on the material.

But that over time, we would get them to where they would be fairly long lasting. And so you could make one that might power a device for 1000 years or something anyway. And this is an aspect of the energy, the refinement of that energy, the getting out of the materialism and everything, that is an aspect of time as an active component of universe which you just don't find anybody who understands anything from Einstein's perspective dealing with because Einstein reduced time to a dimension. Okay?

So Einstein said in all of his equations that you might as well be dealing with distance whenever you dealt with time. And this is why we get this effect in all of these weird ass quantum equations where when you go to measure it, the waveform collapses and you get a number. But the quantum science, so to speak itself, doesn't tell you why that should occur. I can tell you why that should occur, and it's because Einstein took time and made it into a dimension, and it is not. We can demonstrate this by taking time stuff and doing active things with it in our reality.

And so I'm not able to take space out of the distance between myself and this tree over here and do anything with that space, right? It's like 25ft, so I can't take any of those feet out, and I can't put any more feet in there. So I know that this dimension exists and it's fixed. It has an enumeration that is fixed and won't change as long as the tree doesn't change its position and I don't change mine. That's not true of time.

We can actually take extra time stuff and shove it into the time space, so to speak. We need a whole new language to discuss all of this, but we can actively do that with cozy, rev's experiments, and he has done that, and there's others out there doing that as well. And so you can take stuff out of time and manipulate it, concentrate it, and use it, so you cannot concentrate distance. I cannot take distance out of the space between me and Alpha Centuri and do anything with it, but I can do that with time. And also, if we examine this and we take time and say it's not a dimension, then that instantly changes all of the calculations.

And you don't have to worry about curving space, because what you're having to do in all of those weird ass calculations is curve space time, so to speak, in order to accommodate the collapse of the time wave, which, like I say, is horseshit. Time is not a dimension, and I won't ramble on about that anymore. But Einstein is actually a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he was on the cusp, but he's a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he's trapped in materialism, as are all of the current atheistic, mostly Jewish physicists. All of that physics is trapped in this child sacrifice, body sacrifice, materialistic grit view of the world that is so Kaliyuga and is dying, and we just need to get beyond it, and we'll discover all different kinds of stuff. That'll be really cool.

Anyway, I got to get some more coffee and get the dog in and get some work done. Yeah, you get to go in now. Okay. Good girl. Woof.

Anyway. Okay, guys, talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Time Ain’t Nothing – 05-24-2023

Time Ain't Nothing - 05-24-2023

Time Ain't Nothing - 05-24-2023

Episode Summary:

The author expresses skepticism about Einstein's concepts, specifically around time being a dimension. They argue that consciousness precedes physical matter and that contemporary understanding of quantum mechanics is flawed. They've conducted experiments based on Nicola Kozyrev's work and criticize Eric Weinstein's "geometric unity model", implying it doesn't reconcile Einstein's and quantum mechanics ideas. They mention Kozyrev's imprisonment for counterrevolutionary ideas, emphasizing his significant contributions after being released early from his sentence.

Nikola KoziRev, stepping away from conventional quantum mechanics, researched and documented the active qualities of time. His experiments showcased that objects, when subjected to specific conditions like shaking, changed in weight without altering mass. This was believed to be due to the object's interaction with the "pulse of the universe" and time's inherent qualities. Other experiments with mercury emphasized its potential significance in time research. Contrary to popular belief, Kozyrev and the author argue against the possibility of corporeal time travel, emphasizing the need for a fresh ontological understanding of the universe.

Kozyrev conducted experiments revealing that liquids, especially water and mercury, interact with "time stuff" differently than solids. He developed the "Kozyrevs mirror" based on these findings and took it to the North Pole, suspecting temperature fluctuations at the poles impacted time due to frozen water. Historical periods such as the Kali Yuga, Dwapara, and Bronze Age are linked to the solar system's distance from the galactic center, affecting human consciousness and technological advancements. The Harparan civilization, unique in its design and peace, mysteriously disappeared, with hints of ancient nuclear war in the Indus Valley.

The text discusses the concept of ages, specifically the transition from the Kali Yuga to the ascending Bronze Age. It describes the dominant influence of the Khazarian mafia during the Kali Yuga and their desire to maintain control in the Bronze Age. The writer is optimistic about shedding the lingering influences of the Kali Yuga, especially with advancements in understanding reality, time, and physics. There's also a mention of political issues, breakthroughs by the Russians in "time stuff," and a critique of Einstein's theories in favor of other physics perspectives.

The writer expresses skepticism towards celebrated scientists like Einstein, Pasteur, and Curie, claiming they were merely plagiarists and products of the Khazarian Mafia's propaganda. The author implies a mistrust towards anyone with a Nobel Prize, suggesting they're promoted by the Khazarian Mafia for an agenda. The author plans to return to their Kozyrev experiments after completing chores and anticipates discussing upcoming "emotional peaks" in future posts.

#Einstein #QuantumMechanics #NicolaKozyrev #TimeDimension #Consciousness #EricWeinstein #GeometricUnityModel #ThoughtCrime #Astrophysics #Gulag #Experiments #QuantumMechanics #ActiveQualitiesOfTime #Einstein #Experiments #Mercury #TimeTravel #PulseOfUniverse #OntologicalUnderstanding #Physics #TimeResearch #LiquidsInteraction #NorthPole #Kali Yuga #Dwapara #BronzeAge #GalacticCenter #HumanConsciousness #HarparanCivilization #IndusValley #AncientNuclearWar #Kali Yuga #BronzeAge #KhazarianMafia #Time #Physics #Einstein #RussianBreakthroughs #AgeOfAquarius #Transition #Einstein #Pasteur #Curie #Plagiarism #KhazarianMafia #NobelPrize #Skepticism #KozyrevExperiments #EmotionalPeaks

Time Ain't Nothing - 05-24-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. Almost noon. Heading back on the outward bound leg. Got all the chores done.

Got all the extra stops. Didn't run into any shortages today, which is interesting. It's always good that when there's things there that you need to get. Anyway, I wanted to talk about time stuff today.

I've been doing a lot of time experiments replicating Nicola Kozyrevs work. And he was a Russian guy. He worked in the well, the 1920s through the 1960s was his most productive period. Anyway.

There's a whole lot of us guys that are not involved in the physics world and even some guys that are involved in the physics world that have come to the conclusion that Einstein really fucked everybody over and that quantum is no good, doesn't work and is quantum mechanics and all of that kind of stuff is bogus. Okay, so going all the way back to Einstein's work in 19 five, there's no justification or excuse me, let me put it this way. Two thirds of the behavior that we can measure and assess from light are not explained by the photon. So Einstein came up with this idea. The photon, he says the light comes on in, it bounces off of something, and the photon goes over and strikes your eye.

And you get to see it, right? You get to see whatever the thing that the light bounced off of. Okay? So the photon does not explain a lot. It doesn't explain how the image is carried to your eye, right?

Because your eye does not deal in a pixelated fashion. It's not like a computer screen where each pixel has a specific representation and a potential color range and all of this kind of stuff. So the photon just does not explain it. We also have another really big problem with all of Einstein's stuff in that Einstein says that time is a dimension. And in all of Einstein's work, he treats time as a dimension.

And this is what causes the goofiness in quantum mechanics, where they talk about the collapsing of the field when you try and measure it. Okay, I'm not going to get into that today. That's another fundamentally bogus aspect of Einstein's understanding. So Einstein had a flaw in his thinking that was huge and giant. He may have known about this flaw or not.

There are some of these physicists that indeed do know that there is this flaw there. And the general flaw is that they are approaching everything from the idea that there is no consciousness. And the goal of the physics is to look at the grit and explain how grit evolves and creates consciousness. Okay? And so this is an impossibility.

It can never happen. Consciousness existed before there was grit. And grit is an artifact of what consciousness wants to do. And so their premise is wrong, their understanding is wrong. Their basic jumping off point is wrong.

So everything that they develop, anything that happens to work is going to be happenstance and coincidence and is going to involve machinations and twisted stuff in the math in order to make it work. So we have this thing that's called Planck's constant. Everybody raves about it. It's an essential part of the physics. It makes some of the Einsteinian understanding work.

Without it, none of the Einsteinian understanding works. And Planck's constant need not exist. It only exists because of a particular experiment in which the volume of space being measured was a cube. If they had done it in a sphere, or if they had done it in a tetrahedron, planck's constant is not needed and never would have had to have been invented. And it's like Heisenberg's principle of uncertainty exists because of Einstein, the same impetus that Einstein had when he converted time to a dimension, okay?

So in Einstein's math, all through it, time is like width or height or something, a distance, a physical distance that way. And this does not in any way encapsulate time. It's a very crude mathematical workaround that basically denigrates time to one of the other dimensions, and it involves us in living in a four dimensional world, okay? And that does not exist. Absent collapsing time into a dimension, there is no justification whatsoever for all of these nutty woo woo people saying interdimensional travel as though there is a corporeal life form that's at another frequency, in another dimension of frequency, x rays or something.

I don't know how they understand that. And that corporeal life form can translate itself somehow into our three dimensional reality and doesn't work. That can only happen in Einstein's. Screwy math, which is bogus and doesn't function. And this is why we've been held in this limbo for the last hundred plus years, is because everybody's trying to reconcile quantum mechanics and Einstein and it's never going to happen.

It's bad. It's bad science. It doesn't work. It comes from a basically flawed premise. And time is not a dimension.

And we know that this is a case. We also know that there are active qualities of time. And so I did an experiment, mathematic experiment, in which I expanded on Einstein's ideas and I took the idea of time and I created a matrices, a matrix in which every active quality of time that is different from all the other active qualities of the time was put in there. And I came up with a nine extra dimensions, okay? They're not dimensions, they're just simply qualities of time, active qualities of time.

There's both active and passive qualities. I'll get into that in a second anyway. And so I did that and I come up with these extra nine dimensions, which is like holy crud, that's exactly what Eric Weinstein did to create his geometric unity model, which is bogus. Okay? So in my opinion, it's possible, okay?

So I speculate, it's my opinion that Eric Weinstein is not as he is saying, okay? I speculate that on that opinion that he's sort of like maybe a Jeffrey Epstein character. So Epstein was supposedly a hedge fund trader guy, yet he made no trades and had no hedge fund. Right. He was just into blackmail and all of that.

And the banks covered up all of his blackmail and stuff by saying he was a hedge fund. Well, Eric Weinstein supposedly works for Theo Investments. Or I think that's it. But you don't see him crowing about any of his he never brags about any of the trades he makes. He never talks about it.

You never hear him talking any of the stuff about trading. He doesn't discuss assets that way. He does not naturally default to mathematic understanding and economic understanding of things. He could indeed be a very atypical person and indeed do lots of trading and all of that kind of stuff, but I don't see any evidence for it. I also know that his geometric unity stuff is bogus.

It's trying to reconcile Einstein's quantum mechanics, which will never happen, and you're just getting squirrelier and squirrelier and squirrelier trying to make this shit work, and you're diverging constantly from our reality. So, like I say, I work Duplicating Kozyrevs experiments because of what they show you, what they teach you about time. He was fascinated by time. He's an interesting guy, the greatest living astrophysicist, and he gets sent to a gulag for 20 years because he gets rated out for counterrevolutionary ideas. So he was a thought crime fellow, right?

He was a thought crime victim. They said he was guilty of thought crime, and so they stick him away in a gulag. They let him out early, ten years early. And during those ten years, he didn't have any access to any damn thing other than hard work and miserable food. But he thought about all this stuff, and he developed a whole series of experiments which he memorized, and he started doing them when he came out, and his understanding really grew in leaps and bounds.

And as he came out of the gulag, he totally divorced himself, separated himself in his work from the conventional understanding of quantum mechanics. At that point, the former Soviet society was evolving into the current Russian Federation society, and they were getting on board with all this Einsteinian shit because the west was doing stuff, and we were basing all of our things on it. We made the technology we did and invented all this shit in spite of Einstein's understanding. And whenever we come across reverse engineered space alien technology, it always defies the Einsteinian understanding of things, right? Because Einstein's understanding was bogus.

It just is not correct. Anyway, so Kozyrev did all these experiments in which he categorized and described the active qualities of time, and he was able to do some very interesting things with very little in the way of gear. So, for instance, he could take a resistor, put it into a circuit have active test gear on it, maintaining a test on the voltage and the flow of the electricity in through the resistor and its level of resistance, then he could do any number of things that would cause time to be invoked, like time stuff. And basically what he's doing is experimenting with time not as the dimension, but as the power of our universe here. And so what he would do would he would have next to the resistor, he could put a cotton ball and put acetone on it and let that acetone evaporate out of the cotton ball.

And in the process, that's going to change the quantification of the time stuff that is around that resistor to the extent that it will alter the resistor's capability, changing its ability to resist, increasing its ability to resist, or decreasing depending on how you do the experiment. There were other simple experiments that showed that time stuff is able to be like a technology independent of the time itself, right? So addressed by humans. And so one of them, he had a balance for weighing things, a non electronic balance, okay? He can use a triple beam balance or a hanging scale balance, it doesn't matter.

And what you do is you get yourself a lead weight and you put a lead weight in your balance and you weigh it down precisely. You weigh it down to the 10th or the hundredth of a gram. And so you know precisely how much this thing weighs. You've got physical weights that balance it out such that you've got its weight down to exactly 390.3 grams. All right?

Then you lock the balance. You lock the scale so that it doesn't wobble or move or anything. And then you take the weight off of you take the thing you're weighing the lead chunk of lead, and it could be iron and so on. Lead works better, has more of a deviation. Tungsten would probably work as well, or gold.

For this purpose, you need a very heavy lump of metal. And so what you would do would be to take that metal out and go and set it on a rubber insulating pad that insulates it from touching any other metal. And then you want to shake the fuck out of it, okay? So you put it in a paint shaker. You can put it on one of those oscillating mixer things that you find in laboratories, which is what Cozy ribbed used, and you just shake the fuck out of it for a few minutes.

You will then see that if you don't touch it with a human hand or metal but if you were to take, like plastic or non conductive tongs, wood, this kind of thing and pick that weight up after the oscillations have stopped, after the machine stops, you pick it up and you set that weight back into the scale. And then you release the scale. You will find that that weight is suddenly heavier, suddenly heavier by a very large percentage that is able to be measured. So out of the 390.3 grams, if you do this with a very pure form of lead, you can get an extra 19 or 20 grams of weight. So this is measurable.

This is significant. This is not an error caused by a gust of wind or something like that, right? This is not any kind of transient anomaly in the process of weighing it. This is an actual gain in weight, even though the mass has not changed. So shaking it does not in any way change the mass of that lead.

The only thing that it actually does is it disrupts that lead relative to the pulse of universe, such that the lead is retaining pulse effects of time and thus has more apparent weight even though the physical mass has not altered. Now, this will work even with wood. If you had a large enough chunk of wood that you could measure it and get it accurately, you could shake the fuck out of the wood and it would gain some level of additional time stuff. It's not as good as metal, though, right, in that regard. And there are some metals that this does not apply to mercury.

All right? So you can do this with mercury. Doesn't make a damn bit of difference. There are other things you can do with mercury to get it to absorb more time stuff. But mercury, I think, is our key to interacting with time because of the nature of the metal itself.

There's all kinds of interesting tests that Nikola Kozi Rev did with mercury, showing the effects of time, showing that, and that this is basically this is well, he did experiments with mercury and measuring and weighing mercury. When the Moon is on the other side of the planet and when the Moon is on this side of the planet, and all these other different kinds of things showing that the mass of the Mercury, its weight and its mass is affected by the conditions of the universe around us at a magnetic level, indicating its interaction with our time. Okay. And time is an active thing, and we have a time field that we live within that has all of these properties. And he's demonstrated this.

There's a couple of good books out there that go into Kozyrev's experiments and the active quality of time, they're starting to get reprinted more often. So there appears to be a growing awareness that the Einsteinian atheistic view is bogus and that we need a different approach to things, an ontological understanding of universe. And cozy. Rev had this right. Kozyrev is of the same opinion as myself that time is the power of universe.

It powers all of universe for us and gives us all of the energy in universe, provides us with our own energy and so on.

This understanding necessarily leads to a different view of physics and what you can do with it, right? And so, no, it's not possible that you can have time travel corporeal time travel. It just is not going to happen. You cannot take your body and go shove it into another point in time. First off, it would take probably more energy than exists in universe to bust into and intrude into the time pulse in a different area of the pulse itself.

This has to do with a lot of different things, and we know that there's no time travel because we're not seeing any evidence of it, right? There would be certain things that would happen relative to our time. If time travel was discovered anywhere at any point and people were actually able to travel in time, there will be effects of that throughout all of time, and they're quite numerous. This is one of the things that got cozy Riv to understand about the pulse of time. Now, he did not take his understanding the same direction or as far as I have, which is that he still believed, he still thought the universe was steady state.

And I don't buy that. I think we have this flickering oscillation that's 22 trillion times a second that actually is the nature of our universe, and it allows you to have different physics and explain so much if you just take that approach.

In any event, so cozy Reb discovered that liquids, water and mercury, chief among them, oil also, but water and mercury first, that liquids have the possibility of interacting with time stuff in a way that solids don't. And so he was doing all of these kinds of experiments on them. It led him to a whole series of conclusions about the nature of the time stuff and its interaction with our consciousness. And that's how he developed his Kozyrevs mirror, the time mirror that they took to the north pole. Now, he took it to the north pole because of this understanding of water and time stuff or mercury and time stuff, right?

So when water freezes, there is a component of time that is trapped within that frozen water, within the process of the freezing, and it happens no matter where you freeze water or under what circumstance. And Kozyrev was able to do a lot of experiments with freezing water with compressed gas and freezing water with ice or other methods so that he could freeze it quickly, freeze it slowly, and so on, and determine many of the subsets of that particular active component. That seems to show that water retains water, has memory relative to time. And in his experiments, he was able to determine that the freezing and thawing of water acts as an additional macro layer of putting time out into our environment. So in other words, you have a lot of frozen time stuff, so to speak, in the poles.

And so his idea was, oh, well, we can put my mirrors up near the north pole where every little tiny bit of fluctuation of temperature change is going to do something relative to time. It's either going to freeze more into the water, or it's going to release more, bearing in mind that the surface of the glaciers and all this kind of stuff melt in the sun and then refreeze, right? So this is going on constantly, and his understanding seemingly proved correct. Now, some interesting things about this, okay? Gets really convoluted.

There's some speculation and very few conclusions, but we do know some things, right? So we're not in the Kali Yuga. We're in the 325th year of the Dwapara, okay? The ascending dwapara the ascending Bronze Age. So we're 325 years into the Bronze Age, 325 years beyond the Kali Yuga.

And we know that this is the case. We have a demonstrable proof of this in that in the Kali Yuga, that's the densest point in our Great year as the sun goes around this center of the galaxy, in this basically a 26,000 year elves, that's called the Great Year. And so we know that the Kali Yuga is that place where humans live at their densest, where our solar system is furthest away from the galactic central, the galactic center, right? That's where we're furthest away from it. And so we know that's the point where humans are very dense and they were very dense.

But there's a lot of things that we know about that, right? That this is the point at which humans are not very bright. We're not producing stuff. All of life is living at a denser level that has less brightness or spark to it. And we see this in our history.

So if we look back to the point where so the Kali Yuga would be 1200 years long, and so if we add the 1500 years to that, then you get back into that period of time where we have all the biblical stuff, right? And so this was truly the densest of time. And we had no electricity, we didn't have telephones, we didn't have running water, we had none of this during that period of time. And it was pretty much that way all around the planet. And so now we know where we have demonstrable proof that we're not in the Kali Yuga, because I'm not writing an ass in to get food, right?

Aid car going like fuck into town trying to keep somebody alive anyway. So I'm not writing an ass to go get my food. I'm not restricted to 15 minutes walking time in the surfs, right? So these were dense periods of time where there was nothing there, really, for human technology and so on. Yet before that period of time, we find vast quantities of time where humans had much more advanced civilizations.

And it is not a case of just that civilizations decay. It is that we were moving into the Kali Yuga. So there's an ascending half and a descending half, about 13,000 years each. And at the point that all the Bible stuff happened was the point of the Kali Yuga. And that was the furthest, most downside of descending side of our great year.

Now, we also see on that side of things in our history, we find some incredible stuff, right? So in the Silver Age going, all right, so every age is of a different length. So the Golden Age is 4800 years long. Silver Age is 3600 years long. The Bronze Age is 2400 years long.

We're in a Bronze Age. Now, the Iron Age or the Kali Yuga, is 1200 years long. But it doesn't stop and start on a dime kind of a thing, right now. You don't just cross a line. So on the descending side, there is a all right, so let me stop and say that our great year is divided into four chunks.

These are further divided into an ascending half and a descending half. But four is the number of time, and four is associated with time in any number of civilizations. Now, in our case here, all of the yugas, all of these parts of our great year, each can be divided into four as well. And that fourth is meaningful. It's because of the waxing and waning part of this, right?

And so as we go in a descending point down into the Iron Age, we leave the Bronze Age. The Bronze Age is 2400 years long. One quarter of that is going to be 600 years. As we go from one age to the next on the descending side, there is a waning effect. So as we left the Bronze Age, there were 600 years that technology faded, that the light faded, that the brightness in human mind faded as we left the galactic center, as we got further and further away from it.

And so there was this waning period. It didn't just suddenly turn on a dime. There was 600 years of this. During the Bronze Age and into the Silver Age. We find existing now things like the Hopperan civilization, which lasted over a thousand years.

This was in the Indus Valley. Happaran. And this was in the Indus Valley. There was much of it that was now underwater. This civilization was unique in our understanding, in a bunch of ways.

First off, they had mass produced bricks. Everybody had their society was centrally or had some level of design to it, not central planning or anything like that. But this planning with their mass produced bricks, allowed them to recover every time the Indus Valley flooded. They could rebuild really quickly. Everybody's houses were of a known size.

All the houses were basically equitable. There were a few that were larger, but not very many. The bricks had defined dimensions and ratios that allowed all of their buildings to have that same design pattern, all the streets, et cetera, et cetera. This civilization is unique in that there's no sign of any war toys, okay? There's no sign of any weapons in the society that we can find.

There were no arsenals, there were no weapon stashes. People didn't have weapons in their houses. We find weapons relative to farmers and that kind of thing. So they did have those in terms of keeping track of stuff relative to animals, right. Livestock and dealing with bears or whatever, right?

So they had weapons for that purpose, but they did not, apparently have war. This was a very extensive society, millions of people, and it just, like, suddenly disappeared. There's some suggestion that it died in a nuclear war. There is some suggestion that there was nuclear war that separated the Bronze Age from the Kali Yuga. It's difficult to say this because the nuclear aspect of it, we can't say when it occurred, but we know that the Harparan Valley, the Indus Valley, has some areas where there's radiation levels that are ten and 20 times higher than they should be.

We find this in some of the deserts as well. So there's some suggestion that there was a great war here in Shading, into this. But in any event, so this is the way it goes, though. So out of the Bronze Age, there were 600 years into the Kali Yuga. It wasn't so bad.

We were getting worse and worse and worse as time went by. But over a course of 600 years, you'd sort of not really notice. Then we're deep into the Kali Yuga. We go the next 600 years from the Kali Yuga, and no real increases technology, nothing getting invented, any of this sort of thing. People are basically dense mentally.

It's during this period of time that we actually get the emergence of the Khazarian mafia. They came out of the Kali Yuga. They dominated the Kali Yuga, and all of their money, you know, the interest bearing currency, all of that is coming from the Kali Yuga. Now, as you go, we've turned the bin, so to speak. We're around the bottom of the Ellipse, we're out of the Yuga, and we're heading up into the Bronze Age.

We're in the Bronze Age, heading up towards the Silver Age in an ascending cycle. And we have this one quarter of the previous age as an overlap as we get out of these. So one quarter of 1200 years is 300 years. So if you look, we had waning Kali Yuga influences over the last 300 years and out of the last 325 and over these 25 years, last 25 years, we've been really starting to step it up. So on the ascending side well, okay, on both sides, ascending or descending, you'll have the overlap from the previous age, and then you'll have one quarter of that time as the time that is required to establish the qualities of the age you're in.

So one quarter of our 300 years, and we come down to 75 years. So we're at the 325th year of the Dwapara ascending Bronze Age, and we've gone through our 300 years of hangover so to speak, from the Kali Yuga. And we're into the 25 years, into the establishment of the time, the qualities of this age that we're in, the Bronze Age, so we're starting to invent shit. We've got copper, which is the heart of bronze, and we're going apeshit with it all getting better and better and better as we go up. But we got the Khazarian mafia wanting to hold us back into the Kali Yuga.

They want to hold us back into a situation, a time when they have control. Now, it's not going to happen. That can't happen in the normal course of things anyway. These people are deluded in trying to maintain this against time, but we know they're deluded about all of this kind of stuff anyway, because these are the people that say, you got to come up with a physics that shows how consciousness evolved from grit, and it just is not going to happen. It didn't evolve from grit.

And so we've got a big disconnect that we're going through at the moment. And that's one of our big problems at this time, is that we're still dealing with these hangovers from the Kali Yuga in the form of the fake physics that's been put on us, the fake money, all of this stuff that hangs on, but we're shedding it. This is that period of time where all of this stuff gets shed. This is why I'm very optimistic this is a good thing for humans. We're getting rid of all of the Khazarian mafia crap.

We're getting rid of all of these hangovers from the old age, and we will get real and get righteous with our understanding of this reality and physics. So this is going to be a good thing anyway. And so we've got 50 more years setting, it's called the set period, in which we set the qualities of the age we're in. And I actually think we're on the cusp, right? I think that our setting the qualities of this age will accelerate as we accelerate the process of moving into this 75 year period of time.

We're moving in towards the halfway mark of it. And so we'll get more solid with these qualities that we're setting in here. And this is the Age of Aquarius. This is all really cool that way. And the impact on our social order will be most severe over these next 20 years or so, right?

And thereafter, hopefully within like 20 years, we'll have done with the Khazarian mafia. Part of the things that's going to occur is that we're going to face the reality. And so this is all the good news. All the people coming up with all of the language, laying out racism, anti Semitic, transphobe, all of this, every one of those words, we're going to deal with it, we're going to get down in there, we're going to get in there and remove this as an issue. So 20 years from now, no.

One will give a shit. Anti Semitic. What's that mean? Transphobe? What's that mean?

Oh, that's some of that old lang, right? Old language from the past. It doesn't mean anything anymore. It has no meaning whatsoever, and you won't be able to intimidate or control or do anything with the language relative to the general population. Anyway.

Guys, I got to go and do stuff. I got a lot of chores and things here. But time really does power everything in the universe, okay? It is the pulse of time that gives your body the ability to draw breath and cause chemical changes to occur within it. And time is not a dimension.

Einstein and all of these other guys, basically, I would say that anybody that got a Nobel Prize for physics and probably most of the people that got Nobel Prizes for mathematics and chemistry are wrong, all right? Because they're working on this Einsteinian understanding, which is totally, totally bogus, which we will shed over these next 25 years, and we will do so in a very rapid way once we get through our current political problems, because we now know that the Russians have achieved some remarkable breakthroughs in dealing with time stuff. They've been able to accelerate cozy, rev's work from 1967 to the point that they can now make matter more dense for their weapons. So this would be like being able to add more time stuff to a bullet such that that bullet doesn't require any more gunpowder to shoot. It technically weighs more if you were to weigh it, but it's going to be much denser as well.

And so you'd be able to shoot that bullet, and it would not break up the way that a non time stuff enhanced bullet would, right where the lead would shatter and break open and so on. When it hit a body. This one might be able to go a time enhanced bullet might be able to go through an armor piercing or an armored vest or an armored car and still do damage and still retain some of its original qualities. And they can do things, too, like removing the time stuff ahead of their missiles and stuff, especially for turns. And so this means that you can turn without inertia you can turn without an additional torque affecting the body that is being turned.

And in doing so, it makes the plasma engine incredibly fucking efficient, because for the addition of the extra time stuff can be done in such a way that the missile is dealing with less mass and less weight. And so you get more oomph for the amount of fuel you've got in there. All different kinds of benefits come from dealing with the time stuff and the cozy, rev understanding of our reality. And I think we'll get in there, especially when we can start talking to the Russians in a more or less open fashion about this kind of stuff once we're all on the same side of our Khazarian problem, right? Once we join the Russians and saying, hey, Ukraine and Khazaria central banks, all of this shit's got to go, at that point, we'll be able to make very serious advances because we'll be able to say, okay, no, this 100% bogus.

Let's just disregard all this E equals MC squared shit that Einstein sold. He didn't come up with it. That was in existence in 1863. So we had the ability to make nuclear bombs, theoretically in the mid 18 hundreds. In terms of a physics understanding, no one did it because of the Mitchellson Mori experiments that derailed that understanding of things, which was all about the ether and so on.

But nonetheless, we did have that knowledge then, and Einstein merely plagiarized it. And it's amazing how many of the, quote, scientists that we think of as being like top dogs, like Pasteur and Curie and Einstein, right? It's amazing how many of these are simply products of the Khazarian Mafia's propaganda arm. And pasteur was a plagiarist. He didn't come up with Germ theory.

It was 160 years old by the time he started talking about it. And Curie did all kinds of stuff. Especially Madame Curie. Relative to X ray diffraction, that was all known that she was plagiarizing and she was just promoted by the Khazarian Mafia, basically. Like I say, anybody with a Nobel Prize has been promoted by the Khazarian mafia.

And so there's some agenda there, and I don't trust any of the shit that they put out. Anyway, I'll got to get back to my Kozyrev experiments after I do some yard work and stuff. But I'll post these and we'll get into some more stuff later this week as we get to some of our big, ugly emotional peaks. I'm sure there's going to be stuff there that's going to be require some verbiage around it. Anyway, guys, take care and talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.